Vol07 Tab03

Control Relays and Timers
3.1 Relay Products

easyRelay Programmable Relays
Control Relays and Timers Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-2
3
3.2 XR Series Terminal Block Relays 3
Standard, OptoCoupler and High Current
3
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-3
3.3 Programmable Relays

3
easy500, easy700, easy800, easy802/806 Relays and 3
MFD-Titan Multi-Function Displays
D1 Series General Purpose Relay Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-19 3
3.4 General Purpose Plug-In Relays 3
General Purpose Relays—D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D7, D8 and D9 Series
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-49 3
3.5 General Purpose Open Style Relays 3
9575H Series 3000 Relay
9575H Series 3000—Type AA, AC and DC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-118
3
3.6 Solid-State Relays 3
D93, D96 and D99 Series
3
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-122
D96 Series Solid-State Relay
3.7 Machine Tool Relays
3
D15, BF/BFD, AR/ARD and D26 Series 3
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-141
3
3.8 Timing Relays
Universal TR, TR and TMR Series 3
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-167
3
3.9 Alternating Relays
Universal TR Series Timing Relay D85 Series 3
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-188
3
3.10 Safety Relays
ESR5 Series
3
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-193 3
3.11 easySafety 3
ES4P Series
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-199 3
Safety Relay 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E—September 2016 www.eaton.com V7-T3-1
3.1 Control Relays and Timers
Relay Product Overview
Contents
3 Relay Products
Description Page
3 Terminal Block Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-3
Programmable Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-19
3 General Purpose Plug-In Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-49
General Purpose Type AA Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-118
3 Solid-State Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-122
Machine Tool Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-141
3 Timing Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-167
3
Alternating Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-188
Safety Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-193
3
3
3
3
3 Control Relays and Timers Comparison
3 Selection Guide by Catalog Number Prefix
3 Maximum
Amperage Page
Relays Type Mounting Contacts (AC) UL CSA CE Number
3 9575H3 General purpose Panel mount Fixed 40 A — ■ ■ ■ V7-T3-119
3 AR/ARD
BF/BFD
Machine tool
Machine tool
Panel mount
Panel mount
Convertible
Fixed
10 A
10 A
—
■
■
—
■
■
—
—
V7-T3-154
V7-T3-148
3 D2RF Full featured plug-in DIN rail / panel mount Fixed 10 A ■ — ■ ■ V7-T3-59
D2RR Standard plug-in DIN rail / panel mount / flange Fixed 10 A ■ — ■ ■ V7-T3-59
D3RR Standard plug-in DIN rail / panel mount Fixed 16 A ■ — ■ ■ V7-T3-69
3 D4PR Standard plug-in DIN rail / panel mount Fixed 10 A ■ — ■ ■ V7-T3-77
3 D5RF Full featured plug-in DIN rail / panel mount Fixed 16 A ■

■
— ■
■
■
■
V7-T3-82
D5RR Standard plug-in DIN rail / panel mount / PC board Fixed 16 A — V7-T3-82
3 D7PF Full featured plug-in DIN rail / panel mount Fixed 20 A ■ — ■ ■ V7-T3-91
D7PR Standard plug-in DIN rail / panel mount / flange Fixed 20 A ■ — ■ ■ V7-T3-91
3 D8PR Standard plug-in DIN rail / panel mount / flange Fixed 30 A ■ — ■ ■ V7-T3-104
■ ■
3
D9PR Standard plug-in Panel mounting Fixed 25 A — — V7-T3-109
D15 Machine tool DIN rail / panel mount Fixed 10 A — ■ ■ ■ V7-T3-143
3 D26 Machine tool Panel or channel mount Convertible 10 A — ■ ■ — V7-T3-159

D85 Alternating relays DIN rail / panel mount Fixed 10 A ■ ■ — ■ V7-T3-189
D1RR Standard plug-in DIN rail / panel mount Fixed 20 A ■ — ■ ■ V7-T3-54
3 easyRelay Programmable relay DIN rail Fixed 8A — ■ ■ ■ V7-T3-23
3 TMR5
TMR6
Timing relay (non-programmable)
Timing relay (non-programmable)
DIN rail / panel mount
DIN rail / panel mount
Fixed
Fixed
10 A
10 A
■
■
■
■
—
—
■
■
V7-T3-180
V7-T3-184
3 TR Timing relay (programmable) DIN rail / panel mount Fixed 10 A — ■ ■ — V7-T3-177

Universal TR Timing relay (programmable) DIN rail Fixed 8A — ■ ■ ■ V7-T3-173
3 XR Terminal block relay DIN rail Fixed 6 A, 10 A ■ — — ■ V7-T3-5
3
3
V7-T3-2 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E—September 2016 www.eaton.com
Terminal Block Relays
3.2
Contents
Description Page
3
Terminal Block Relays 3
Standard Terminal Block Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-4
OptoCoupler Terminal Block Relays . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-12 3
High Current Terminal Block Relays . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-15
XR Series Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-18 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Catalog Number Selection 3
XR Series—Overview 3
XR U 1 D 12 G 3
3
Description Gold-Flashed Contacts
XR = XR terminal block relay Blank = No
G = Yes
3
Connection Type 3
U = Screw Poles Voltage
P = Spring
R = Replacement relay
1 = 1PDT
2 = 2PDT Type
12 =
24 =
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
3
3
D = Standard relay 24U = 24 Vac/Vdc
S = Octocoupler (solid-state) 120U = 120 Vac/110 Vdc
H = High current 230U = 230 Vac/220 Vdc
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Contents
3 Standard Terminal Block Relay
Description Page
3 Standard Terminal Block Relays
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-5
3 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-6
Electrical Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-11
3 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-11
OptoCoupler Terminal Block Relays . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-12
3 High Current Terminal Block Relays . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-15
XR Series Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
V7-T3-18
3
3
3
3
3 Standard Terminal Block Relays
3 Product Description Application Description Features
The XR Series Terminal Used in automation systems, ● Pluggable relay allows for ● Gold-plated contacts
3 Block Relays are ideal for electromechanical relays field replacement available
applications that require a guarantee a safe connection ● Functional plug-in bridges ● Equipped with a robust,
3 high switching capacity and
long electrical service life.
between process I/O and
electronic controls. The
● Choice of screw miniature relay:
connections or spring-cage ● IP67 protection
3 The relays are plug-in
interfaces that connect to
following functions are
covered by relay coupling
connection ● Environmentally friendly,
● LED status indication cadmium-free contact
basic terminal blocks. The elements:
3 XR Series uses screw or
● Electrical isolation
● DIN rail mount
●
material
Easy, cost-effective
spring-cage technology, as ● Only 6.2 mm wide for
3 well as offers quick system
wiring, superior safety
between the input and
output circuits
single-pole versions, installation and
replacement using the
14 mm wide for double-
engagement lever
3 Independence of the type
●
features, clear labeling and pole
a high level of modularity. of switching current (AC ● All common input
and DC) Standards and Certifications
3 ● High short-term overload
voltages between
12 Vdc to 120 Vac ● cULus listed
resistance in the event of
3 CE
●
short circuits or voltage
peaks
3 ● Low switching losses
● Ease of operation
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.2
Product Selection
3
Standard Terminal Block Relays
XRU1D 24U
Gold-Plated Rated Supply Standard Catalog
3
Contacts Current Voltage Pack Number
1PDT Screw Connection
3
No 6A 12 Vdc 10 XRU1D12
3
No 6A 120 Vac/110 Vdc 10 XRU1D120U
Yes 6A 120 Vac/110 Vdc 10 XRU1D120UG 3
No 6A 24 Vdc 10 XRU1D24
No 6A 24 Vac/Vdc 10 XRU1D24U 3
Yes
No
6A
6A
24 Vac/Vdc
230 Vac/220 Vdc
10
10
XRU1D24UG
XRU1D230U
3
1PDT Spring Cage Connection 3
No 6A 12 Vdc 10 XRP1D12
No 6A 120 Vac/110 Vdc 10 XRP1D120U 3
No 6A 24 Vdc 10 XRP1D24
No 6A 24 Vac/Vdc 10 XRP1D24U
3
No 6A 230 Vac/220 Vdc 10 XRP1D230U
3
DPDT Screw Connection
No 6A 12 Vdc 10 XRU2D12 3
No 6A 24 Vdc 10 XRU2D24 3
3
No 6A 24 Vac/Vdc 10 XRU2D24U
3
Standard Replacement Relays
Gold-Plated Rated Supply Standard Catalog
3
Contacts
1PDT
Current Voltage 1 Pack Number
3
No 6A 12 Vdc 10 XRR1D12 3
No 6A 120 Vac/110 Vdc 10 XRR1D120U
Yes 6A 120 Vac/110 Vdc 10 XRR1D120UG 3
3
No 6A 24 Vdc 10 XRR1D24
Yes 6A 24 Vdc 10 XRR1D24G
DPDT
3
No 6A 120 Vac/110 Vdc 10 XRR2D120U 3
No 6A 230 Vac/220 Vdc 10 XRR2D230U 3
Note
1 Voltage is the rating at the base. It may not match the voltage on the specific replacement relay.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Technical Data and Specifications

3
Standard 1PDT Screw Connection Terminal Block Relays
3 Catalog Number XRU1D12 XRU1D24 XRU1D24U XRU1D120U
Replacement Relay XRR1D12 XRR1D24 XRR1D24 XRR1D120U
3 Input voltage 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/110 Vdc
3 Connection Data
Rigid solid AWG (mm2) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 26–14 (0.14–2.5)
3 Flexible stranded AWG (mm2) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 26–14 (0.14–2.5)
Input Data for 1PDT Screw Connection Versions
3 Permissible range
Typical input current
See Page V7-T3-10
15.3 mA
See Page V7-T3-10
9 mA
See Page V7-T3-10
11 mA (24 Vac)/8.5 mA (24 Vdc)
See Page V7-T3-10
3.5 mA (120 Vac)/3 mA (110 Vdc)
3 Typical response time 5 ms 5 ms 6 ms 6 ms

Typical release time 8 ms 8 ms 15 ms 15 ms
3 Input protection Polarity protection diode, Polarity protection diode, Bridge rectifier Bridge rectifier
free-wheeling diode free-wheeling diode
3 Output Data
Contact type 1PDT 1PDT 1PDT 1PDT
3 Contact material AgSnO AgSnO AgSnO AgSnO
3 Max. switching voltage

Min. switching voltage
250 Vac/Vdc 1
12 Vac/Vdc
250 Vac/Vdc 1
12 Vac/Vdc
250 Vac/Vdc 1
12 Vac/Vdc
250 Vac/Vdc 1
12 Vac/Vdc
3 Limiting continuous current 6A 6A 6A 6A

Min. switching current 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA
3 Min. switching power 120 mW 120 mW 120 mW 120 mW
Miscellaneous Data
3 Ambient temp range –4 °F to +140 °F (–20 °C to +60 °C) –4 °F to +140 °F (–20 °C to +60 °C) –4 °F to +140 °F (–20 °C to +60 °C) –4 °F to +140 °F (–20 °C to +60 °C)
3 Rated operating mode

Inflammability class
100% operating factor
V0, in accordance with UL 94
3 Mechanical service life 2 x 107 cycles 2 x 107 cycles 2 x 107 cycles 2 x 107 cycles
Note
3 1 The separating plate, XRAPLCESK, should be installed for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal points of adjacent modules.
Potential bridging is then possible with the XRAFBST bridge system.

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.2
Standard 1PDT Screw Connection Terminal Block Relays with Gold Contacts
Catalog Number XRU1D24UG XRU1D120UG
3
Replacement Relay
Input voltage
XRR1D24G
24 Vac/Vdc
XRR1D120UG
120 Vac/110 Vdc
3
Connection Data 3
Rigid solid AWG (mm2) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 26–14 (0.14–2.5)
Flexible stranded AWG (mm2) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 3
3
Input Data for 1PDT Screw Connection Versions with Gold Contacts
Input voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/110 Vdc
Permissible range See Page V7-T3-10 See Page V7-T3-10
3
Typical input current 11 mA (24 Vac)/8.5 mA (24 Vdc) 3.5 mA (120 Vac)/3 mA (110 Vdc)
Typical response time 6 ms 6 ms 3
Typical release time 15 ms 15 ms
Input protection Bridge rectifier Bridge rectifier 3
3
Output Data
Contact type 1PDT 1PDT
Contact material AgSnO, gold plated 1
2
AgSnO, gold plated 1
3
Max. switching voltage 30 Vac/36 Vdc (250 Vac/Vdc) 30 Vac/36 Vdc (250 Vac/Vdc) 2
Min. switching voltage 100 mV (12 Vac/Vdc) 2 100 mV (12 Vac/Vdc) 2 3
Limiting continuous current 50 mA (6 A) 2 50 mA (6 A) 2
Min. switching current 1 mA (10 mA) 2 1 mA (10 mA) 2 3
Min. switching power
Miscellaneous Data
100 mW (120 mW) 2 100 mW (120 mW) 2
3
Ambient temp range –4 °F to +140 °F (–20 °C to +60 °C) –40 °F to +131 °F (–20 °C to +55 °C) 3
Rated operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Inflammability class V0, in accordance with UL 94 V0, in accordance with UL 94 3
Mechanical service life 2 x 107 cycles 2 x 107 cycles
3
Notes
1 The separating plate, XRAPLCESK, should be installed for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal
points of adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then possible with the XRAFBST bridge system.
3
2 If the maximum values are exceeded, the gold layer is destroyed and the values in parentheses apply.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Standard 1PDT Spring Cage Terminal Block Relays

3 Catalog Number XRP1D12 XRP1D24 XRP1D24U XRP1D120U
3 Replacement Relay
Input voltage
XRR1D12
12 Vdc
XRR1D24
24 Vdc
XRR1D24
24 Vac/Vdc
XRR1D120U
120 Vac/110 Vdc
3 Connection Data
3 Flexible stranded AWG (mm2) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 26–14 (0.14–2.5)
3
Input Data for 1PDT Spring Cage Versions
Input voltage 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/110 Vdc
3 Permissible range See Page V7-T3-10 See Page V7-T3-10 See Page V7-T3-10 See Page V7-T3-10
Typical input current 15.3 mA 9 mA 11 mA (24 Vac)/8.5 mA (24 Vdc) 3.5 mA (120 Vac)/3 mA (110 Vdc)
3 Typical response time 5 ms 5 ms 6 ms 6 ms
3 Input protection Polarity protection diode, Polarity protection diode, Bridge rectifier Bridge rectifier
3 Output Data
3
Contact type 1PDT 1PDT 1PDT 1PDT
Contact material AgSnO AgSnO AgSnO AgSnO
3 Max. switching voltage 250 Vac/Vdc 1 250 Vac/Vdc 1 250 Vac/Vdc 1 250 Vac/Vdc 1
Min. switching voltage 12 Vac/Vdc 12 Vac/Vdc 12 Vac/Vdc 12 Vac/Vdc
3 Limiting continuous current 6A 6A 6A 6A
Min. switching current 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA
3 Min. switching power 120 mW 120 mW 120 mW 120 mW
3 Miscellaneous Data
Ambient temp range –4 °F to +140 °F (–20 °C to +60 °C) –4 °F to +140 °F (–20 °C to +60 °C) –4 °F to +140 °F (–20 °C to +60 °C) –4 °F to +131 °F (–20 °C to +55 °C)
3 Rated operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Inflammability class V0, in accordance with UL 94 V0, in accordance with UL 94 V0, in accordance with UL 94 V0, in accordance with UL 94
3 Mechanical service life 2 x 107 cycles 2 x 107 cycles 2 x 107 cycles 2 x 107 cycles
3 Note
1 The separating plate, XRAPLCESK, should be installed for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal points of adjacent modules.

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.2
Standard DPDT Screw Connection Terminal Block Relays
Catalog Number XRU2D12 XRU2D24 XRU2D24U XRU2D120U
3
Replacement Relay
Input voltage
XRR2D12
12 Vdc
XRR2D24
24 Vdc
XRR2D24
24 Vac/Vdc
XRR2D120U
120 Vac/110 Vdc
3
Connection Data 3
Flexible stranded AWG (mm2) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 3
3
Input Data for 1PDT Spring Cage Versions
Input voltage 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/110 Vdc
Permissible range See Page V7-T3-10 See Page V7-T3-10 See Page V7-T3-10 See Page V7-T3-10
3
Typical input current 33 mA 18 mA 17.5 mA 4.5 mA (120 Vac)/4.2 mA (110 Vdc)
Typical response time 8 ms 8 ms 8 ms 7 ms 3
Input protection Polarity protection diode, Polarity protection diode, Bridge rectifier Bridge rectifier 3
Output Data 3
3
Contact type 2PDT Single contact, 2PDT Single contact, 2PDT Single contact, 2PDT
Contact material AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi
Max. switching voltage 250 Vac/Vdc 1 250 Vac/Vdc 1 250 Vac/Vdc 1 250 Vac/Vdc 1
3
Min. switching voltage 5V 5V 5V 5V
Limiting continuous current 6A 6A 6A 6A 3
Max. inrush current 15 A (300 ms) 15 A (300 ms) 15 A (300 ms) 15 A (300 ms)
Min. switching current 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 3
3
Min. switching power 50 mW 50 mW 50 mW 50 mW
General Data
Ambient temp range –4 °F to +140 °F (–20 °C to +60 °C) –4 °F to +140 °F (–20 °C to +60 °C) –4 °F to +140 °F (–20 °C to +60 °C) –4 °F to +140 °F (–20 °C to +60 °C)
3
Rated operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Inflammability class V0, in accordance with UL 94 V0, in accordance with UL 94 V0, in accordance with UL 94 V0, in accordance with UL 94 3
Mechanical service life 3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles
Note
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Permissible Range Diagrams

3 1PDT Relay Modules DPDT Relay Modules
3 Operating Range Voltage for 12 Vdc Operating Range Voltage for 12 Vdc
1.4 1.4
3 1.3
A
1.3
A
3 1.2 1.2
U 1.1 U 1.1
UN UN = 12 Vdc UN UN = 12 Vdc
3 1.0 1.0
0.9
0.9
3 0.8
B
0.8
B
0.7 0.7
3 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
TN [°C]
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
TN [°C]
3 Operating Range Voltage for 120 Vac/110 Vdc Operating Range Voltage for 120 Vac/110 Vdc
3 1.4 1.4
A
A
3 1.3 1.3
1.2 1.2
UN = 120 Vac
3 U 1.1
UN
1.0
U 1.1
UN
1.0 UN = 110 Vdc
UN = 110 Vdc/120 Vac
3 0.9 0.9
B
0.8 0.8
3 0.7
B
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
0.7
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
3 TN [°C] TN [°C]
3 Operating Range Voltage for 24 Vdc Operating Range Voltage for 24 Vdc
1.4
3
1.4
A A
1.3 1.3
3 U 1.1
1.2
U 1.1
1.2
UN UN = 24 Vdc UN = 24 Vdc
3 1.0 UN
1.0
0.9 0.9
3 0.8
B
0.8
B
0.7 0.7
3 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
TN [°C]
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
TN [°C]
3 Operating Range Voltage for 24 Vac/Vdc Operating Range Voltage for 24 Vac/Vdc
3 1.4 1.4
A A
3 1.3
1.2
1.3
1.2
3 U 1.1
UN UN = 24 Vdc/24 Vac
U 1.1
UN UN = 24 Vdc/24 Vac
1.0 1.0
3 0.9 0.9
B
0.8 0.8
3 0.7
B
0.7
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
3 TN [°C] TN [°C]
3 Notes
General Conditions — Direct alignment in the block, all devices 100% operating factor, horizontal or vertical mounting.
3
Curve A — Maximum permissible continuous operating voltage U max with limiting continuous current on the contact side (see respective technical data).
Curve B — Minimum permissible relay operate voltage U op after pre-excitation 1) (see respective technical data).
1 Pre-excitation: Relay has been operated in a thermally steady state at the ambient temperature T U with nominal voltage UN and limiting continuous current on the contact side (see respective
3 technical data) (warm coil). After being switched off for a short time, the relay must reliably pick up again at Uop.
3.2
Electrical Schematics
3
1PDT Terminal Block Relays DPDT Terminal Block Relays
3
3
21
3
24
3
A2 11 3
22
A1 14
A2
11
3
A1
3
12 14
3
12 3
3
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 3
Standard 1PDT Terminal Block Relays Standard DPDT Terminal Block Relays 3
3
3
3
3
3.70 (94.0) 3.70 (94.0)
3
3
3
3
3
3.15 (80.0) 3.15 (80.0)
3
0.24 (6.2)
0.55 (14.0) 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Contents
3 OptoCoupler Terminal Block Relay
Description Page
3 Standard Terminal Block Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-4
OptoCoupler Terminal Block Relays
3 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-13
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-13
3 Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-14
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-14
3 High Current Terminal Block Relays . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-15
3
V7-T3-18
3
3
3
3
3 OptoCoupler Terminal Block Relays
3 Product Description Application Description Features Standards and Certifications
The XR Series OptoCoupler The XR Series OptoCoupler ● Pluggable relay allows for ● cULus listed
3 Terminal Block Relays can be relays can be used as an input field replacement ● CE
used in all applications and or output interface. They ● Functional plug-in bridges
3 consist of a pluggable
miniature OptoCoupler and a
provide the typical reliability
of OptoCouplers and are
● LED status indication
basic terminal block. The XR
● DIN rail mount
3 Series uses screw or spring-
especially suited for high
operating frequencies. ● Only 6.2 mm wide
cage technology, as well as ● Switching capacity up to
3 offers quick system wiring, 24 Vdc/3 A
superior safety features, clear ● IP67-protected optical
3 labeling and a high level of
modularity.
electronics
● Wear-resistant and bounce-
3 free switching
● Insensitive to shock and
3 vibration
● Integrated protection
3 circuit
● Zero voltage switch at AC
3 output
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.2
Product Selection
3
XRU1S24 OptoCoupler Terminal Block Relays
Catalog 3
Rated Current Supply Voltage Standard Pack Number
2A 120 Vac/110 Vdc 10 XRU1S120U 3
2A 24 Vdc 10 XRU1S24
3
3
OptoCoupler Replacement Relays
Catalog 3
Rated Current Supply Voltage 1 Standard Pack Number
2A 24 Vdc 18 XRR1S24 3
2A 120 Vac/110 Vdc 10 XRR1S120U
3
3
Pluggable Power OptoCoupler (Solid-State) Terminal Block Relays 3
Catalog Number
Replacement Relay
XRU1S24
XRR1S24
XRU1S120U
XRR1S120U
3
Input voltage 24 Vdc 120 Vac/110 Vdc 3
Connection Data
Rigid solid AWG (mm2) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 3
Flexible stranded AWG (mm2) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 26–14 (0.14–2.5)
Input Data
3
Input voltage 24 Vdc 120 Vac/110 Vdc
3
Permissible range 0.8–1.2 0.8 –1.1
Typical input current 9 mA 4 mA 3
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) >0.8 >0.8
Switching level 0 signal (“L”) <0.4 <0.25 3
3
Typical switch-on time 20 μS 6 ms
Typical turn-off time 500 μS 10 ms
Input protection Polarity protection diode,
free-wheeling diode
Bridge rectifier
3
Output Data
3
Max. switching voltage 33 Vdc 33 Vdc
Min. switching voltage 3 Vdc 3 Vdc 3
Limiting continuous current 3 A (See derating curve) 3 A (See derating curve)
Max. inrush current 15 A (10 ms) 15 A (10 ms) 3
3
Output circuit 2-conductor floating 2-conductor floating
Output protection Polarity protection, surge protection Polarity protection, surge protection
Voltage drop at maximum
limiting continuous current
< 200 mV < 200 mV
3
General Data
3
Ambient temp range –4 °F to +140 °F (–20 °C to +60 °C) –4 °F to +140 °F (–20 °C to +60 °C)
Rated operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor 3
Inflammability class V0, in accordance with UL 94 V0, in accordance with UL 94
Mechanical service life 2 x 107 cycles 2 x 107 cycles 3
Note
1 Voltage is the rating at the base. It may not match the voltage on the specific replacement relay.
3
3
3
Derating Curve Dimensions

3 OptoCoupler Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
3 Pluggable Power OptoCoupler (Solid-State)

Load Current (A)
3
3 2
1
3 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
3 Ambient Temperature (°C)
3
Electrical Schematic
3 Pluggable Power OptoCoupler (Solid-State) 3.70 (94.0)
3
3
3
3
3 A2 13+ 3.15 (80.0)
3 14 0.24 (6.2)
A1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.2
Contents
High Current Terminal Block Relay
Description Page
3
Standard Terminal Block Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-4 3
OptoCoupler Terminal Block Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-12
High Current Terminal Block Relays 3
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-16 3
Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-17
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-17 3
3
V7-T3-18
3
3
3
3
High Current Terminal Block Relays 3
Product Description Application Description Features Standards and Certifications 3
The XR Series Relays include These relays are best suited ● 14 mm wide ● cULus listed
products designed to meet for applications that require ● Pluggable relay allows for ● CE 3
high continuous current and/ higher continuous load field replacement
or long electrical service life
applications. The XR Series
currents than miniature
relays can carry and switch.
● Convenient plug-in bridge 3
system
Relays are plug-in interfaces
that connect to basic terminal
They can withstand inrush
currents or brief overloads
● LED status indication 3
blocks that use screw without damage, and allow ● DIN Rail Mount
connection technology. for continuous load currents ● IP67-protected optical 3
Overall width is 14 mm. of up to 10 A. The XR Series electronics
Relay boasts an average
service life of the contacts
● Wear-resistant and bounce- 3
free switching
that is two or three times
the normal life of a less
● Insensitive to shock and 3
vibration
powerful relay, resulting in
service cost savings.
● Integrated protection 3
circuit
● Zero voltage switch at AC 3
output
● Environmentally friendly, 3
cadmium-free contact
●
material
Electrical isolation
3
between input and output
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Product Selection
3
XRU1H24 High Current Terminal Block Relays
3 Catalog
Rated Current Supply Voltage Standard Pack Number
3 10 A 12 Vdc 10 XRU1H12
10 A 120 Vac/110 Vdc 10 XRU1H120U
3 10 A 24 Vdc 10 XRU1H24
3 10 A 24 Vac/Vdc 10 XRU1H24U
3 High Current Replacement Relays

Catalog
3 Rated Current
10 A
Supply Voltage 1
24 Vdc
Standard Pack
10
Number
XRR1H24
3 10 A 24 Vac/Vdc 10 XRR1H24U
10 A 12 Vdc 10 XRR1H12
3 10 A 120 Vac/110 Vdc 10 XRR1H120U
3
3 High Current Terminal Block Relays (1PDT)
3 Catalog Number XRU1H12 XRU1H24 XRU1H24U XRU1H120U
Replacement Relay XRR1H12 XRR1H24 XRR1H24U XRR1H120U

Connection Data
3 Rigid solid AWG (mm2) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 26–14 (0.14–2.5)
Flexible stranded AWG (mm2) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 26–14 (0.14–2.5) 26–14 (0.14–2.5)
3 Input Data for 1PDT Spring Cage Versions
3 Input voltage
Permissible range
12 Vdc
See Page V7-T3-10
24 Vdc
See Page V7-T3-10
24 Vac/Vdc
See Page V7-T3-10
120 Vac/110 Vdc
See Page V7-T3-10
3 Typical input current 33 mA 18 mA 17.5 mA 4.5 mA (120 Vac)/4.2 mA (110 Vdc)

Typical response time 8 ms 8 ms 8 ms 7 ms
3 Typical release time 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms
Input protection Polarity protection diode, Polarity protection diode, Bridge rectifier Bridge rectifier
3 free-wheeling diode free-wheeling diode
Output Data
3 Contact type Single contact, 1PDT Single contact, 1PDT Single contact, 1PDT Single contact, 1PDT
Contact material AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi
3 Max. switching voltage 250 Vac/Vdc 2 250 Vac/Vdc 2 250 Vac/Vdc 2 250 Vac/Vdc 2
3
Min. switching voltage 12 Vac/Vdc 12 Vac/Vdc 12 Vac/Vdc 12 Vac/Vdc
Limiting continuous current 10 A 3 10 A 3 10 A 3 10 A 3
3 Max. inrush current

Min. switching current
30 A (300 ms)
100 mA
30 A (300 ms)
100 mA
30 A (300 ms)
100 mA
30 A (300 ms)
100 mA
3 Min. switching power 1.2 W 1.2 W 1.2 W 1.2 W

Miscellaneous Data
3 Ambient temp range –4 °C to +140 °F (–20 °C to +60 °C) –4 °C to +140 °F (–20 °C to +60 °C) –4 °C to +140 °F (–20 °C to +60 °C) –4 °C to +140 °F (–20 °C to +60 °C)
Rated operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
3 Inflammability class V0, in accordance with UL 94 V0, in accordance with UL 94 V0, in accordance with UL 94 V0, in accordance with UL 94
3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles
3
Mechanical service life
Notes
3 1 Voltage is the rating at the base. It may not match the voltage on the specific replacement relay.
3
3 The current rating for the normally open contact (#14) is 10 A. The current rating for the normally closed contact (#12) is 6 A and can be increased to 10 A by bridging the
two #12 contact connections.

3
3.2
Electrical Schematic
3
High Current Terminal Block Relays
3
3
3
3
A2 11
3
A1 14 3
3
12
3
3
Dimensions
High Current Terminal Block Relays
3
3
3
3
3
3.70 (94.0)
3
3
3
3
3.15 (80.0)
3
3
0.55 (14.0) 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
XR Series Accessories
3
Product Description Product Selection
3 Power Terminal Block Bridges XR Series Accessories
3
Standard Catalog
Color Pack Number
2-Position Snap-In Jumper
3 Red 10 XRAFBST2RD
3 Blue 10 XRAFBST2BU
Gray 10 XRAFBST2GY
3 80-Position Snap-In Jumper

Red 5 XRAFBST500RD
3 Blue 5 XRAFBST500BU
The XRAPLCESK power
3
Gray 5 XRAFBST500GY
terminal block has the same
Power Terminal Block
shape as the relay modules
3 and is used to feed in the The XRAFBST colored,
insulated plug-in bridge
Gray 5 XRAPLCESK
bridging potentials. The End Cover
3 nominal current is 32 A.
When the total current is less
system reduces wiring
time by up to 70% compared Black 5 XRAATPBK
than or equal to 6 A, supply to conventionally wired

3 can take place directly at the relays. The XRAFBST2,
connecting terminal blocks of 2-position bridges, are Technical Data and Specifications
3 one of the connected relays. suited for bridging a smaller
Power Terminal Block
number of relays and total
3 End Cover currents <6 A. When a circuit
is supplied from both sides,
Description Specification
Connection Data
the circuit can be opened at
3 any point, allowing all other Rigid solid AWG (mm2) 24–10 (0.2–4)
modules to continue being Flexible stranded AWG (mm2) 24–10 (0.2–4)
3 supplied at the same time. Miscellaneous Data
The XRAFBST500 allow up
3
Max. current 32 A
to 80 modules to be bridged
at one time. If bridges with Max. voltage 250 Vac 1
3 different potentials meet in

neighboring modules, the
Note
1 The separating plate, XRAPLCESK, should be installed for voltages greater than 250 V
end cover XRAATPBK
3 should be used. All bridges
(L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal points of adjacent modules. Potential bridging is
then possible with the XRAFBST bridge system.
are equipped with a groove
3 for removal with a standard
screwdriver.
The XRAATPBK end cover
3 is required at the start and
stop of a relay strip. It can
3 also be used for visual
separation of groups of
3 relays as well as separating
relays with voltages greater
3 than 250 V and separating
neighboring bridges with
different potentials. It is
3 equipped with pre-scored
break out points at the
3 bridging positions so that
individual bridges can be
3 passed through as needed.
It may also be necessary to
use the end cover between
3 adjacent relays when three
phases (L1, L2, L3) are
3 used on the contact side
of the relay.
3
3
Programmable Relays
3.3
Contents
Programmable Relays
Description Page
3
Programmable Relays 3
easy500/700/800 Programmable Relays . . . . . V7-T3-20
easy802/806 Programmable Relays 3
with SmartWire-DT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-26
easyRelay and MFD Expansion Modules . . . . . V7-T3-30 3
MFD-Titan Multi-Function Displays . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-33
easyRelay Communication Modules . . . . . . . . V7-T3-40 3
easyRelay Power Supplies, Accessories
and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-43 3
3
3
3
3
Product Overview Application Description 3
The easyRelays combine The easy802/806 relays are The easyRelays excel in 3
timers, relays, counters, even more powerful than traditional applications where
special functions, inputs and
outputs into one compact
the easy800 series and
include an integrated
multiple relays, timers and
pushbuttons are used.
3
device that is easily SmartWire-DT gateway. Applications span residential,
programmed. The easyRelay Conventional hardwiring commercial and industrial 3
family of products provides an to pushbuttons, selector installations.
exceptional level of flexibility switches, pilot devices and
Typical control
3
together with a substantial contactors can now be
savings of commissioning
time and effort.
eliminated, allowing for a
dramatic increase in panel
applications are:
3
● Lighting controls
The easyRelays are available
wiring productivity. For more
information on SmartWire-DT
● Duplex pump controls 3
in more than 35 styles that and how it can increase
● Water fountain controls
support from 12 I/O up to productivity, go to ● Parking garage access 3
a network of up to 320 I/O www.eaton.com/smartwiredt. controls
points, providing the ideal
solution for lighting, energy
● Refrigeration control 3
system
management, industrial
control, irrigation, pump
● Greenhouse temperature 3
control, HVAC and home and ventilation controls
automation. ● Booster pump controls 3
See publication no.
Once easyRelays are
installed, changes are AP05013001E for the 3
easily accomplished through easyRelay application guide.
front panel programming, Download from 3
eliminating the need www.eaton.com/easyrelays.
to change wiring and 3
minimizing downtime.
3
3
3
3
3
3
Programmable Relays
Contents
3 easy500/700/800 Programmable Relays
Description Page
System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-21
3 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-25
easy802/806 Programmable Relays
3 with SmartWire-DT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-26
easyRelay and MFD Expansion Modules . . . . . . . V7-T3-30
3 MFD-Titan Multi-Function Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-33
easyRelay Communication Modules . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-40
3 easyRelay Power Supplies, Accessories
and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-43
3
3
3
3 Product Description Standards Catalog Number Selection
Three families make up the ● CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987 easy500/700/800
3 easyRelay programmable ● CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987
relay product line. All models ● EN 55011 EASY512 - AC - R C
3 are available with and without
displays. DIN rail mounted.
● EN 50178
● EN 61131-2
3 easy500—for controlling ● IEC EN 61000-4
Module Type Digital Inputs Display
small applications with up EASY5xx = 500 Series AB = 24 Vac Blank = Display
3 to 12 input/output signals.
● IEC 60068-2-6 EASY7xx = 700 Series AC = 110–240 Vac X = No display
● IEC 60068-2-27 EASY8xx = 800 Series DA = 12 Vdc
Connectable to Ethernet. DC = 24 Vdc Clock
3 UL 508
●
easy700—for controlling C = Clock
medium-sized applications Certifications Blank = No clock
3 with 20 I/O points (expandable
to 40 I/O points). Connectable
● UL
Digital Outputs
● CSA
3 to Ethernet and bus systems.
● CE
R = Relay
T = Transistor
easy800—for controlling CSA Class I, Div. 2,
3
●
large-scale applications Groups A, B, C, D; Note: Not all combinations are possible. See selection tables.
with 20 points, expandable Temp. Code T3C
3 to 40 points locally, and
expandable using the
● C-Tick
● GOST-R
3
easyNet network up to
320 I/O points. Connectable ● Ukrain-GOST
to Ethernet and bus systems.
3 The easyNet integrated
3 network provides easy and
inexpensive linking of up
to eight easy800 devices Shipping Approvals
3 over a distance of up to ● Bureau Veritas
1000 meters. Each easy800 ● Det Norske Veritas
3 device can run its own ● Germanischer Lloyd
program, or be used as a
Lloyd’s Register of Shipping
3
●
distributed input/output
module. Connect up to
3
eight controllers with up
to 40 I/O to obtain 320 I/O.
3
3
Programmable Relays
3.3
System Overview
3
3
1 3 3
4 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
5
6
7
8
3
3
3
3
3
3
11 3
12
10 3
3
Item Description 9
1 easy500 basic devices, standalone

3
2 easy700 basic devices, expandable:
digital inputs/outputs, bus systems
3
11
3
4
MFD-Titan remote text display
Ethernet gateway
3
5 PROFIBUS-DP bus module 10 3
6 AS-Interface bus module
7 CANopen bus module 3
3
8 DeviceNet bus module
9 Output expansion
10, 11 I/O expansions
3
12 Coupling module for the remote connection
of a digital input/output expansion
3
Programmable Relays
easy800 Programmable Relay

3
3 1 2
3 3
3
3
3
3
3
13
3
3
3
4
3 5
6
7
3
3
3
3
3
3
3 10
11
3 9, 12
Item Description
3 1 easy800 basic devices, expandable: 8
digital inputs/outputs and bus systems,
3 easyNet onboard
2 MFD-Titan remote text display
3 3 Ethernet gateway
10
3 4
5
PROFIBUS-DP bus module
AS-Interface bus module
3 6 CANopen bus module 12

3 8 Output expansion
9, 10 I/O expansions
3 11 Coupling module for the remote connection of
a digital input/output expansion
3 12 I/O expansion
3 13 MFD-Titan multi-function display
Programmable Relays
3.3
Product Selection
3
easy500 Programmable Relays (Standalone)
3
easy500—Display
Inputs Outputs Catalog
Description 24 Vac 110–240 Vac 12 Vdc 24 Vdc Analog 1 Relay Transistor Number
Display 3
12 I/O, no clock —
—
8
—
—
—
—
8
—
2
4
4
—
—
EASY512-AC-R
EASY512-DC-R
3
12 I/O, clock 8 — — — 2 4 — EASY512-AB-RC
3
— 8 — — — 4 — EASY512-AC-RC
— — 8 — 2 4 — EASY512-DA-RC 3
easy500—No Display — — — 8 2 4 — EASY512-DC-RC
— — — 8 2 — 4 EASY512-DC-TC 3
No Display
12 I/O, clock 8 — — — 2 4 — EASY512-AB-RCX 3
—
—
8
—
—
8
—
—
—
2
4
4
—
—
EASY512-AC-RCX
EASY512-DA-RCX
3
— — — 8 2 4 — EASY512-DC-RCX
3
— — — 8 2 — 4 EASY512-DC-TCX
3
easy700—Display easy700 Programmable Relays (Expandable and Networkable)
Inputs Outputs
3
Catalog
Description
Display
24 Vac 110–240 Vac 12 Vdc 24 Vdc Analog 1 Relay Transistor Number
3
18 I/O, clock 12 — — — 4 6 — EASY719-AB-RC 3
— 12 — — — 6 — EASY719-AC-RC
— — 12 — 4 6 — EASY719-DA-RC 3
easy700—No Display — — — 12 4 6 — EASY719-DC-RC
20 I/O, clock — — — 12 4 — 8 EASY721-DC-TC 3
3
No Display
18 I/O, clock 12 — — — 4 6 — EASY719-AB-RCX
—
—
12
—
—
12
—
—
—
4
6
6
—
—
EASY719-AC-RCX
EASY719-DA-RCX
3
— — — 12 4 6 — EASY719-DC-RCX 3
20 I/O, clock — — — 12 4 — 8 EASY721-DC-TCX
3
easy800—Display easy800 Programmable Relays (Expandable and Networkable)
Inputs Outputs
3
Catalog
Description 110–240 Vac 24 Vdc Analog 1 Relay Transistor Analog Number
3
Display
18 I/O, clock 12 — — 6 — — EASY819-AC-RC 3
— 12 4 6 — — EASY819-DC-RC
19 I/O, clock — 12 4 6 — 1 EASY820-DC-RC 3
easy800—No Display 20 I/O, clock — 12 4 — 8 — EASY821-DC-TC
21 I/O, clock — 12 4 — 8 1 EASY822-DC-TC 3
No Display
18 I/O, clock 12 — — 6 — — EASY819-AC-RCX
3
— 12 4 6 — — EASY819-DC-RCX
3
19 I/O, clock — 12 4 6 — 1 EASY820-DC-RCX
20 I/O, clock — 12 4 — 8 — EASY821-DC-TCX 3
21 I/O, clock — 12 4 — 8 1 EASY822-DC-TCX
Note
3
3
1 Analog inputs optional. Use of analog inputs will result in a decrease in the same number of available digital inputs.
Programmable Relays

3
easy500 Series
3 Type EASY512-AB… EASY512-AC… EASY512-DA… EASY512-DC-R… EASY512-DC-TC.
3
Supply voltage 24 Vac 100–240 Vac 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vdc
Heat dissipation 5 VA 5 VA 2W 2W 2W
3 Continuous current outputs 1

Short-circuit proof with power factor 1
8A
Line protection B16, 600 A
8A 8A 8A 0.5 A
—
3 Short-circuit proof with power factor 0.7…0.7 Line protection B16, 900 A —
Mounting On 35 mm DIN rail or screw mounting with ZB4-101-GF1 mounting feet
3 Connection cables
Solid 0.2–4.0 mm2 (AWG 22–12) 0.2–4.0 mm2 (AWG 22–12) 0.2–4.0 mm2 (AWG 22–12) 0.2–4.0 mm2 (AWG 22–12) 0.2–4.0 mm2 (AWG 22–12)
3 Flexible 0.2–2.5 mm2 (AWG 22–12) 0.2–2.5 mm2 (AWG 22–12) 0.2–2.5 mm2 (AWG 22–12) 0.2–2.5 mm2 (AWG 22–12) 0.2–2.5 mm2 (AWG 22–12)
3
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
RFI suppression EN 55011, EN 55022 Class B, IEC 61000-6-1, 2, 3, 4
3 Ambient operating temperature

Transport and storage temperature
–25 °C to +55 °C
–40 °C to +70 °C
–25 °C to +55 °C
–40 °C to +70 °C
–25 °C to +55 °C
–40 °C to +70 °C
–25 °C to +55 °C
–40 °C to +70 °C
–25 °C to +55 °C
–40 °C to +70 °C
3 Hazardous location CSA Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D; Temp. Code T3C
3 easy700 Series
Type EASY719-AB… EASY719-AC… EASY719-DA… EASY719-DC-RC… EASY721-DC-TC.
3 Supply voltage 24 Vac 100–240 Vac 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vdc
3
Heat dissipation 7 VA 10 VA 3.5 W 3.5 W 3.5 W
Continuous current outputs 1 8A 8A 8A 8A 0.5 A
3 Short-circuit proof with power factor 1

Short-circuit proof with power factor 0.7…0.7
—
—
3 Mounting On 35 mm DIN rail or screw mounting with ZB4-101-GF1 mounting feet

Connection cables
3 Solid 0.2–4.0 mm2 (AWG 22–12) 0.2–4.0 mm2 (AWG 22–12) 0.2–4.0 mm2 (AWG 22–12) 0.2–4.0 mm2 (AWG 22–12) 0.2–4.0 mm2 (AWG 22–12)
Flexible 0.2–2.5 mm2 (AWG 22–12) 0.2–2.5 mm2 (AWG 22–12) 0.2–2.5 mm2 (AWG 22–12) 0.2–2.5 mm2 (AWG 22–12) 0.2–2.5 mm2 (AWG 22–12)
3 Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
3
RFI suppression EN 55011, EN 55022 Class B, IEC 61000-6-1, 2, 3, 4
Ambient operating temperature –25 °C to +55 °C –25 °C to +55 °C –25 °C to +55 °C –25 °C to +55 °C –25 °C to +55 °C
3 Transport and storage temperature

Hazardous location
–40 °C to +70 °C –40 °C to +70 °C
CSA Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D; Temp. Code T3C
–40 °C to +70 °C –40 °C to +70 °C –40 °C to +70 °C
3
easy800 Series
3 Type EASY819-AC… EASY819-DC-RC… EASY820-DC-RC… EASY821-DC-TC… EASY822-DC-TC.
Supply voltage 100–240 Vac 24 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vdc
3 Heat dissipation 10 VA 3.4 W 3.4 W 3.4 W 3.4 W
3
Continuous current outputs 1 8A 8A 8A 8A 0.5 A
Short-circuit proof with power factor 1 Line protection B16, 600 A Line protection B16, 600 A Line protection B16, 600 A Line protection B16, 600 A —
3 Short-circuit proof with power factor 0.7…0.7 Line protection B16, 900 A Line protection B16, 900 A Line protection B16, 900 A Line protection B16, 900 A —
3 Connection cables
3 Flexible 0.2–2.5 mm2 (AWG 22–12) 0.2–2.5 mm2 (AWG 22–12) 0.2–2.5 mm2 (AWG 22–12) 0.2–2.5 mm2 (AWG 22–12) 0.2–2.5 mm2 (AWG 22–12)
3 RFI suppression EN 55011, EN 55022 Class B, IEC 61000-6-1, 2, 3, 4
3
Transport and storage temperature –40 °C to +70 °C –40 °C to +70 °C –40 °C to +70 °C –40 °C to +70 °C –40 °C to +70 °C
3 Hazardous location CSA Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D; Temp. Code T3C
Note
3 1 Relay = 8 A (10 A to UL) with resistive load, 3 A with inductive load. Transistor outputs = 0.5 A/24 Vdc, maximum four outputs switchable in parallel.
Programmable Relays
3.3
Dimensions
easy500 Series, Drawing Number MD05013001E 3
0.42 (10.8) 1.97 (50.0) 3
easy500
3
3
3.54
1.77
(90.0)
4.02 3
(45.0) (102.0)
4.33
(110.0)
3
0.18 (4.5)
3
(M4) 0.157 Dia.
(3.9) 3
1.87 (47.5)
1.41
2.22 (56.5) (35.8) 3
2.28 (58.0) 2.81 (71.5)
3
easy700 Series, Drawing Number MD05013002E
0.64 (16.3) 2.96 (75.0) 0.64 (16.3)
3
easy700
3
3.54
3
3
(90.0)
4.02
1.77 (102.0)
(45.0) 3
4.33
(110.0)
3
0.18 (4.5)
(M4) 0.157 Dia.
3
(3.9)
1.87 (47.5)
2.22 (56.5) 4.23 (107.5) 3
2.28 (58.0)
3
easy800 Series, Drawing Number MD05013003E 3
0.64 (16.3) 2.96 (75.0) 0.64 (16.3)
easy800
3
3
3.54
(90.0) 3
4.02
1.77
(45.0)
(102.0) 3
4.33
(110.0)
3
0.18 (4.5) 3
1.91 (48.5) 0.157
3
(M4) Dia.
(3.9)
2.78 (70.5)
2.83 (72.0) 4.23 (107.5)
3
3
Programmable Relays
Contents
3 easy802/806 Programmable Relays with SmartWire-DT
Description Page
3 easy500/700/800 Programmable Relays . . . . . . . . V7-T3-20
easy802/806 Programmable Relays with SmartWire-DT
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-27
3 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-28
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-29
3 easyRelay and MFD Expansion Modules . . . . . . . V7-T3-30
3
MFD-Titan Multi-Function Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-33

and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-43
3
3
3
3 easy802/806 Programmable Relays with SmartWire-DT
3 Product Description Standards
SmartWire-DT is a high- The easy802 features a POW In addition to the functionality ● EN 50178
3 performance system that can power feeder for regulating of the easy802, the easy806 ● IEC/EN 60947
be used to quickly and easily power to the device as well also features four fast inputs ● UL 508
3 connect motor control
components such as relays,
as the SmartWire-DT devices.
A second AUX power feeder
(5 kHz). Two of the four
inputs can also be configured
Certifications
3 contactors, pilot devices,
manual motor protectors,
provides the connected
contactors with 24 Vdc. A
as fast outputs (5 kHz)
(transistor 24 Vdc, 0.1 A). ● cULus
soft starters 1 and variable separate 24 Vdc power In addition to the additional
3 CE
●
frequency drives 1 as well supply is required to provide inputs/outputs on easy806,
as digital and analog input/ 24 Vdc power to the easy802 there is a connection option
● C-Tick
3 output modules. On the new
easy800 with integrated
or easy806 controllers. The
configuration of the
to the easyNet. Up to eight
EASY806-DC-SWD controllers
3 SmartWire-DT master, up to
99 SmartWire-DT devices in
SmartWire-DT devices is
undertaken at a touch of
can be connected via
easyNet, allowing up to
total with up to 166 inputs/ the provided Configuration 1360 inputs/outputs.
3 outputs can be connected button. LEDs provide
via the SmartWire-DT line. feedback on the connecting For more information on
3 All required supply voltages, states on the device and SmartWire-DT and related
components, see Tab 9 of
including those for bus the SmartWire-DT line. The
3 devices as well as 24 Vdc for
the contactors, are provided
serial interface serves for
programming as well as for
this volume or go to
www.eaton.com/smartwiredt.
3 directly with the flat eight-

pole SmartWire-DT bus line.
connection of a remote text
display, touch panel or for
This reduces wiring effort and connection to the Ethernet.
3 troubleshooting and saves
time and costs.
3
3 Note
1 Soft starters and variable frequency
3 drives will be available with direct

SmartWire-DT connectivity in late 2013.
3
3
3
3
Programmable Relays
3.3
Product Selection
Control relay for connection of SmartWire-DT and 3
simultaneously for supply of power to the SmartWire-DT
devices, such as switchgear and contactors. 3
EASY802-DC-SWD easy800 with SmartWire-DT 3
3
Supply
Voltage Description Catalog Number
3
24 Vdc Control relay with EASY802-DC-SWD
SmartWire-DT
3
3
EASY806-DC-SWD 24 Vdc Control relay with EASY806-DC-SWD
3
3
SmartWire-DT, four inputs,
two of which can be used as
outputs (transistor 24 Vdc,
0.1 A), easyNet onboard
3
3
3
3
Remote Displays
Both the easy802 and easy806 controllers can be connected to 3
a MFD remote display or a XV touch panel display with Galileo.
3
3
Accessories
3
Accessories—easy800
MFD-80
Description Catalog Number 3
MFD display, NEMA 4X indoor rated MFD-80
3
3
MFD-CP4 24 Vdc power / communication module MFD-CP4
3
easy802/806 to MFD-CP4 communication
cable, 1.5m
EU4A-RJ45-CAB2 3
easy802/806 to XV HMI communication
cable, 2m
EU4A-RJ45-CAB1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Programmable Relays

3
easy802/806 Programmable Relays with SmartWire-DT
3 Description Unit Specification
Ambient Climatic Conditions
3 Cold to IEC 60068-2-1, heat to IEC 60068-2-2, damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78;
cyclical to IEC 60068-2-30; temperature change to IEC 68000-2-14
3 Operating ambient temperature °C (°F) –25 ° to +55 ° (–13 ° to +131 °)
Condensation Prevent condensation by means of suitable measures
3 LCD display (reliable legible) °C (°F) 0 ° to +55 ° (32 ° to +131 °)
3
Storage °C (°F) –40 ° to +70 ° (–40 ° to +158 °)
Relative humidity, noncondensing (IEC EN 60068-2-30) % 5 to 95
3 Air pressure (in operation)

Ambient Mechanical Conditions
hPa 795 up to 1080
3 Protection type EN 50178, IEC 60529, VBG4 IP20

Vibrations (IEC EN 60068-2-6)
3 Constant amplitude: easy800-SWD; 3.5 mm Hz 5–8.4
Constant acceleration: easy800-SWD: 1g Hz 8.4–150
3 Mechanical shock resistance (IEC EN 60068-2-27)
semi-sinusoidal 15g / 11 ms
Shocks 18
3 Drop (IEC EN 60068-2-31) Drop height mm 50

Free fall, packaged (IEC EN 60068-2-32) m 0.3
3 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
Electrostatic discharge (ESD), to IEC EN 61000-4-2
3 Air discharge kV 8
Contact discharge kV 6
3 Electromagnetic fields (RFI), to IEC EN 61000-4-3
0.8–1.0 GHz V/m 10
3 1.4–2.0 GHz V/m 3
2.0–2.7 GHz V/m 1
3 Radio interference suppression EN 55011 Class B
3
Burst, to IEC EN 61000-4-4
Supply cables kV 2
3
Signal cables kV 2
easyNet kV 2
3 SWD-line
Power pulses (surge), to IEC EN 61000-4-5 (supply cables, symmetrical)
kV
kV
2
1
3 Radiated RFI, to IEC EN 61000-4-6 V 10

Insulation Resistance
3 Overvoltage category III
Pollution degree 2
3 Clearance in air and creepage distances EN 50178, UL 508, CSA C22.2, No. 142
Insulation resistance EN 50178
3 Terminal Capacity
mm2
3
Solid, minimum to maximum 0.2 to 1.5 (AWG 24–16)
Flexible with ferrule, minimum to maximum mm2 0.2 to 1.5 (AWG 24–16)
3 DC POW Rated Operational Voltage

Rated value Ue Vdc, (%) 24 DC (–15/+20)
3 Permissible range 1 Vdc 20.4–28.8

Residual ripple % <5
3 Protection against polarity reversal Yes
Input current
3 At rated operating voltage mA easy802: 500 / easy806: 900
Inrush current and duty factor 12.5 A for 6 ms
3 Voltage dips (IEC EN 61131-2) ms 10
3 Note
1 Use power-feed modules if the cable length of the SWD line causes excessive voltage drop.
Programmable Relays
3.3
easy802/806 Programmable Relays with SmartWire-DT, continued
Description Unit Specification
3
Heat dissipation
At 24 Vdc W easy802: max. 5 / easy806: max. 6
3
Fuse A >3
3
Potential isolation (easy800-SWD)
To auxiliary 1 Yes 3
To easyNet 1 Yes
To serial interface Yes 3
To easyLink 1 No
To inputs 1 No 3
3
To outputs 1 No
To SWD 1 No
DC AUX Rated Operational Voltage (easy800-SWD)
3
Rated value Ue Vdc, (%) 24 (–15/+20)
Permissible range UAUX Vdc 20.4–28.8 3
Residual ripple % <5
Input current 2 (max.) A 2 (UL) / 3 (CE) 3
Rated operational voltage of the 24 Vdc stations V UAUX –0.3 V
Protection against polarity reversal Yes 3
Short-circuit strength
Fuse A
No
< 2 (UL) external fuse with FAZ B2
3
Heat dissipation
At 24 Vdc W Normally 1
3
Potential isolation (easy800-SWD)
To POW power supply, inputs and outputs Yes
3
To PC interface (COM), easyNet Yes 3
To SWD Yes
Notes 3
1 If present.
2 If contactors with a higher total power consumption are connected, an EU5C-SWD-PF1 or EU5C-SWD-PF2 power-feed module must be used. 3
3
Dimensions
easy802 and easy806 Controllers
3
0.30 (7.5)
4.94 (125.5) 3
3
3
4.33
(110.0) 3
4.72
(120.0) 3
5.12
(130.0) 3
3
3
0.18 (4.5) 4.72 (120.0)
1.38 (35.0)
0.30 (7.5) 3
3
Programmable Relays
Contents
3 easyRelay Expansion Modules
Description Page
easyRelay and MFD Expansion Modules
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-31
3 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-32
MFD-Titan Multi-Function Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-33
3 easyRelay Communication Modules . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-40
3 and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-43
3
3
3
3 easyRelay and MFD Expansion Modules
3 Product Description Standards Certifications
Expansion modules are ● CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987 ● UL
3 available for increasing the ● CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987 ● CSA
input/output of the easy700/ ● EN 55011 ● CE
3 800 and MFD-Titan multi-
function displays to 24 inputs
● EN 50178 ● CSA Class I, Div. 2,
● EN 61131-2 Groups A, B, C, D;
3 and up to 16 outputs.
Expansion modules can be ● IEC EN 61000-4 Temp. Code T3C
mounted directly to the ● C-Tick
3
● IEC 60068-2-6
easy700 or easy800 relays ● GOST-R
● IEC 60068-2-27
or up to 98 ft (30m) away ● Ukrain-GOST
3 UL 508
●
using coupling module
EASY200-EASY.
3
3 Shipping Approvals
● Bureau Veritas
3 ● Det Norske Veritas
● Germanischer Lloyd
3 ● Lloyd’s Register of Shipping
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Programmable Relays
3.3
Product Selection
3
Digital I/O Expansion Modules
3
EASY618_
Can be used via easyLink.
Outputs
Supply Voltage Digital Inputs Relay 10 A (UL) Transistor
Catalog
Number 3
100–240 Vac
24 Vdc
12
12
6
6
—
—
EASY618-AC-RE
EASY618-DC-RE
3
24 Vdc 12 — 8 EASY620-DC-TE 3
24 Vdc 6 4 — EASY410-DC-RE
24 Vdc 6 — 4 EASY410-DC-TE 3
24 Vdc — 2 — EASY202-RE
For distributed connection of a digital input/output expansion at up to 98 ft (30m) distance EASY200-EASY
3
3
EASY406_ Analog I/O Expansion Modules
Can be used via easyLink.
3
Supply
Inputs
Digital/ Can Be Used
Digital Outputs
Analog Catalog
3
3
Voltage Analog for Digital Relay 10 A (UL) Transistor Outputs Number
24 Vdc 1/2 2 — 2 1 EASY406-DC-ME
24 Vdc 1/6 2 — 2 2 EASY411-DC-ME 3
3
Technical Data and Specifications 3
easyRelay I/O Expansion Modules 3
Type EASY202-RE EASY618-AC-RE EASY618-DC-RE EASY620-DC-TE EASY200-EASY
Supply voltage — 100 – 240 Vac 24 Vac 24 Vac — 3
Heat dissipation 1W 10 VA 4W 4W 1W
Continuous current outputs 1 8A 8A 8A 0.5 A —
3
Short-circuit proof with
power factor 1
Line protection
B16, 600 A
Line protection
B16, 600 A
Line protection
B16, 600 A
Line protection
B16, 600 A
—
3
Short-circuit proof with
power factor 0.7…0.7
Line protection
B16, 900 A
Line protection
B16, 900 A
Line protection
B16, 900 A
Line protection
B16, 900 A
—
3
3
Connection cables
3
RFI suppression EN 55011, EN 55022 Class B, IEC 61000-6-1,2,3,4 3
Transport and storage temperature –40 °C to +70 °C –40 °C to +70 °C –40 °C to +70 °C –40 °C to +70 °C –40 °C to +70 °C 3
Certification, standards
Mounting
EN 50178, IEC/EN 60947, UL, CSA
On 35 mm DIN rail or screw mounting with ZB4-101-GF1 mounting feet
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Programmable Relays
Dimensions
3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
3 easy600 Series, Drawing Number MD05013002E
3 easy600
0.64 (16.3) 2.96 (75.0) 0.64 (16.3)
3
3 3.54
(90.0)
3 1.77
4.02
(102.0)
(45.0)
3 4.33
(110.0)
3
3 0.18 (4.5)
0.157
3
(M4) Dia.
1.87 (47.5) (3.9)
2.22 (56.5) 4.23 (107.5)

3 2.28 (58.0)
3
EASY202-RE/EASY200-EASY/EASY205-ASI Series, Drawing Number MD05013012E
3 0.30
(7.5)
3 easy200
3
3 3.54
(90.0)
3 1.77
(45.0)
4.02
(102.0)
3 4.33
(110.0)
3
3 0.18
(4.5) 0.157
(M4) Dia.
3 1.87
(47.5)
(3.9) 0.30
(7.5)
3
2.22 1.40
(56.5) (35.5)
2.28
3 (58.0)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Programmable Relays
3.3
Contents
MFD-Titan Multi-Function Displays
Description Page
3
easy500/700/800 Programmable Relays . . . . . . . . V7-T3-20 3
with SmartWire-DT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-26 3
MFD-Titan Multi-Function Displays 3
System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-34
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-35 3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-36
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-38
easyRelay Communication Modules . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-40 3
and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-43 3
3
3
MFD-Titan Multi-Function Displays 3
Product Description Standards Certifications 3
The MFD-Titan multi-function MFD-Titan—for controlling ● CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987 ● UL
displays can be used as small applications that require ● CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987 ● CSA 3
remote text displays for graphic visualization and for ● EN 55011 ● CE
easy500, easy700, easy800
and easy802/806 relays or
large-scale applications with
20 points, expandable to 40
● EN 50178 ● CSA Class I, Div. 2, 3
● EN 61131-2 Groups A, B, C, D;
can be configured as
standalone or networked
points locally, and expandable
using the easyNet network ● IEC EN 61000-4 Temp. Code T3C 3
multi-function displays. As a up to 320 I/O points. ● C-Tick
3
● IEC 60068-2-6
multi-function display, the ● GOST-R
The MFD-Titan display can be ● IEC 60068-2-27
MFD-Titan combines the ● Ukrain-GOST
linked to the easy500/700/ UL 508
3
●
control functions of an
easy800 with a door-mounted 800 models to provide an
enhanced text based operator
graphics display.
interface. 3
MFD-Titan multi-function
display is comprised of three The easyNet integrated
network provides easy and
Shipping Approvals 3
parts: display, controller and ● Bureau Veritas
inexpensive linking of up to
I/O modules. Match each
piece to the needs of your eight MFD-Titan devices over ● Det Norske Veritas 3
a distance of up to 1000 ● Germanischer Lloyd
application. If you need to
both monitor and modify meters. Each MFD-Titan ● Lloyd’s Register of Shipping 3
parameters within your device can run its program,
application, choose the MFD- or be used as a distributed
input/output module. Connect
3
80-B display. The
preprogrammed and user
programmable buttons give
up to eight controllers with up
to 40 I/O to obtain 320 I/O. 3
you the capability to make
small changes to the way your 3
application is running, start or
stop a process, or change 3
your program completely.
Select a controller with or 3
without easyNet support, and
with AC or DC power. Finally,
add the MFD I/O module that
3
best suits your application.
3
3
3
Programmable Relays
System Overview
3
MFD-Titan Multi-Function Display
3
3 1
3 2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
5
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
3 9
11
3 8, 10
3 7
3 Item Description
3 1 MFD-Titan, consisting of:

display/operating unit, power supply unit, 9
CPU module, I/O module
3 2 Ethernet gateway
3
3 PROFIBUS-DP bus module 10
4 AS-Interface bus module
3 5 CANopen bus module

3 7 Output expansion
8, 9, 10 I/O expansions
3 11 Coupling module for the remote connection
of a digital input/output expansion
3
Programmable Relays
3.3
Product Selection
3
MFD-Titan Display/Operator Units
MFD-80-B
Monochrome display 132 x 64 pixels with switchable backlight and 3
removable front frame.
Eaton Custom Catalog
3
Description Keypad Logo Engraving Number
MFD display, NEMA 4X indoor rated — — — MFD-80-X
3
MFD display, NEMA 4X indoor rated — ■ —
■
MFD-80
3
MFD display, NEMA 4X indoor rated — — MFD-80-ETCH 1
MFD display with keypad 2 ■ — — MFD-80-B-X 3
MFD display with keypad 2 ■ ■ — MFD-80-B
MFD display with keypad 2 — — ■ MFD-80-B-ETCH 1 3
3
MFD-Titan Text/Graphics Display Power Module
MFD-CP4
For use with MFD-Titan displays for use as remote text/graphics display. 3
Supply
Voltage Description
Catalog
Number 3
100–240 Vac AC power supply / communication module (no cable)
AC module for easy500/700 relays and cable MFD-CP4-500-CAB5
MFD-AC-CP4
MFD-AC-CP4-500
3
AC module for easy800 relays and cable MFD-CP4-800-CAB5 MFD-AC-CP4-800 3
24 Vdc DC power supply / communication module (no cable) MFD-CP4
DC module for easy500/700 relays and cable MFD-CP4-500-CAB5 MFD-CP4-500 3
DC module for easy800 relays and cable MFD-CP4-800-CAB5 MFD-CP4-800
3
MFD-CP MFD-Titan Controller Modules 3
For use with MFD-Titan display/operator units.
Add MFD-Titan I/O modules as needed. 3
3
Supply Catalog
Voltage Description Number
3
100–240 Vac Program and screen memory MFD-AC-CP8-ME
Program and screen memory, with easyNet MFD-AC-CP8-NT
24 Vdc Program and screen memory MFD-CP8-ME
3
Program and screen memory, with easyNet MFD-CP8-NT
Double program and screen memory (as MFD-CP8) MFD-CP10-ME 3
Double program and screen memory (as MFD-CP8), with easyNet MFD-CP10-NT
Notes
3
3
1 To order an MFD display with custom engraving, a marking file with the required text and/or graphics must be created
as a Labeleditor ZIP file. The ZIP file has to be sent to the Eaton factory, and the name of the file must be referenced
in the order notes section. To download the Labeleditor configuration software, please visit www.eaton.com/software.
2 To obtain a NEMA 4X indoor rating on MFD displays with keypads, use with a protective membrane cover MFD-XM-80.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Programmable Relays
MFD-Titan I/O Modules

3 MFD-R16
For use with MFD-Titan controller modules.
3 Supply
Voltage Description
Inputs
Digital Analog 1
Outputs
Relay Transistor Analog
Catalog
Number
3 100–240 Vac 16 I/O 12 — 4 — — MFD-AC-R16

24 Vdc 12 4 4 — — MFD-R16
3 12 4 — 4 — MFD-T16
24 Vdc 17 I/O 12 4 4 — 1 MFD-RA17
3 12 4 — 4 1 MFD-TA17
3
3 MFD-TP_ MFD-Titan I/O Modules with Temperature Detection
For use with MFD-CP8-_ 2 and MFD-CP10-_ MFD-Titan controller modules.
3 Supply
Inputs
Can Be Used
Outputs
Relay Catalog
Voltage Digital For Analog Pt100 10 A (UL) Transistor Analog Temperature Ranges Number
3 24 Vdc 6 2 2 — 4 — –40 ° to +90 °C/0 ° to +250 °C/0 ° to +400 °C MFD-TP12-PT-A
3 6 2 2 — 4 — –200 ° to +200 °C/0 ° to +850 °C MFD-TP12-PT-B

6 2 — — 4 — –40 ° to +90 °C/0 ° to +250 °C MFD-TP12-NI-A
3 6 2 2 — 4 1 –40 ° to +90 °C/0 ° to +250 °C/0 ° to +400 °C MFD-TAP13-PT-A
6 2 2 — 4 1 –200 ° to +200 °C/0 ° to +850 °C MFD-TAP13-PT-B
3 6 2 — — 4 1 –40 ° to +90 °C/0 ° to +250 °C MFD-TAP13-NI-A
3
Accessories
3
Miscellaneous Parts
3 Description Catalog Number
3 MFD-Titan display protective membrane cover MFD-XM-80

MFD-Titan display protective plastic cover MFD-XS-80
3 MFD-Titan display DIN rail mount kit MFD-TS-144
3
Notes
1 Analog inputs optional. Use of analog inputs will result in a decrease in the same number of available digital inputs
2 Version 8 and higher MFD-CP8_ controllers are compatible with the temperature detection modules.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Programmable Relays
3.3
3
MFD-80, MFD-CP4, MFD-CP8
Type MFD-80… MFD-CP4/CP8 3
Connection cables
Solid — 0.2–4.0 mm2 (AWG 22–12)
3
Flexible — 0.2–2.5 mm2 (AWG 22–12) 3
Degree of protection IP65 IP20
RFI suppression EN 55011, EN 55022 Class B, IEC 61000-6-1, 2, 3, 4 EN 55011, EN 55022 Class B, IEC 61000-6-1, 2, 3, 4 3
Ambient operating temperature Clearly legible at –5 °C to +50 °C –25 °C to +55 °C
Transport and storage temperature –40 °C to +70 °C –40 °C to +70 °C
3
Hazardous location CSA Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D; Temp. Code T3C CSA Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D; Temp. Code T3C
3
MFD-Titan I/O Modules 3
Type MFD-AC-R16 MFD-R16 MFD-RA17 MFD-T16 MFD-TA17
Supply voltage Supply via Supply via Supply via Supply via Supply via 3
MFD-CP8 module MFD-CP8 module MFD-CP8 module MFD-CP8 module MFD-CP8 module
Heat dissipation 0.5 W 0.5 W 0.5 W 0.5 W 0.5 W 3
Continuous current outputs 1 8A 8A 8A 0.5 A 0.5 A
Short-circuit proof with Line protection Line protection Line protection — — 3
power factor 1 B16, 600 A B16, 600 A B16, 600 A
Short-circuit proof with Line protection Line protection Line protection — — 3
power factor 0.7…0.7 B16, 600 A B16, 600 A B16, 600 A
Connection cables 3
3
3
RFI suppression EN 55011, EN 55022 Class B, IEC 61000-6-1,2,3,4
Ambient operating temperature –25 °C to +55 °C –25 °C to +55 °C –25 °C to +55 °C –25 °C to +55 °C –25 °C to +55 °C 3
Transport and storage temperature –40 °C to +70 °C –40 °C to +70 °C –40 °C to +70 °C –40 °C to +70 °C –40 °C to +70 °C
Mounting Snap fitted to Snap fitted to Snap fitted to Snap fitted to Snap fitted to 3
MFD-CP8 module MFD-CP8 module MFD-CP8 module MFD-CP8 module MFD-CP8 module
3
MFD-CP4 and CP8 Communication Modules
Type MFD-80… MFD-CP4-… MFD-CP8… MFD-AC-CP8… 3
Supply voltage
Heat dissipation
Supply from -CP
3W
24 Vdc
1.5 W
24 Vdc
3W
100–240 Vac
8 VA
3
Mounting Front mounting in 2 x 22.5 mm
Standard drill holes
Snap fitted to MFD-80 Snap fitted to MFD-80 or on 35 mm DIN rail or screw mounting with
ZB4-101-GF1 mounting feet
3
Note
1 Relay = 8 A with resistive load, 3 A with inductive load.
3
Transistor outputs = 0.5 A/24 Vdc, maximum four outputs switchable in parallel.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Programmable Relays
Dimensions
3 MFD-80 Series, Drawing Number MD05013005E
3 MFD-80
0.89
(22.5) MFD-80
3 0.67
(17.0) 0.88 + 0.02
3 (22.3) + 0.4
1.26
3 (32.0)
1.18
(30.0)
3
3.41
3 (86.5) MFD-CP…
3
1.18 ± 0.01 0.79
3 (30.0) ± 0.2
1.11 1.11
(20.0)
0.54
1.18
(30.0)
3
(28.3) (28.3) (13.7)
2.44 Template for Holes, Scale 1:1
(62.0)
3 3.41
(86.5)
3
MFD-CP4, MFD-80 and MFD-CP4 Series Combined, Drawing Number MD013013E
3 -0.24
1-6
3 (0.04) MFD-80
MFD-CP4
3 0.81 1.70
(20.5) (43.2)
3 MFD-CP4
3 MFD-CP4
3
2.28
3 (58.0)
3
3 0.89
(22.5)
0.89
(22.5)
1.43
(36.2)
3 1.08
(27.5)
1.18
(30.0)
3 2.95
(75.0)
3
3
3
3
3
3
Programmable Relays
3.3
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
3
MFD-CP8 Series, Drawing Number MD05013006E
MFD-CP8
3
0.64
(16.3)
2.95
(75.0)
0.640
(16.3)
3
3
3
3
3.54
(90.0) 3
3
3
0.18
1.18 ± 0.01 (4.5)
1.16
3
(30.0 ± 0.2)
(29.5)
1.53
(38.8)
1.53
(38.8)
3
4.23
(107.5) 3
3
MFD-R/MFD-T I/O Module, Drawing Number MD05013007E
MFD-R and MFD-T I/O 3
3
3
3.54
(90.0) 3
3
0.75 3
(19.0) 0.98
3.47
(88.1)
(25.0) 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Programmable Relays
Contents
3 easyRelay Communication Modules
Description Page
3 MFD-Titan Multi-Function Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-33
easyRelay Communication Modules
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-41
and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-43
3
3
3
3
3 easyRelay
Communication Modules
3
Product Description Product Selection
3 Four network modules are The Ethernet gateway connects devices provided with an RS-232 serial
available for easily connecting interface with the Ethernet network. This gateway can be used with easy500
3 to world-standard networks. as well as easy700/800 relays and MFD-Titan displays.
The network modules can be
3 used with the easy700/800 EASY209-SE Ethernet Gateway Module
programmable relays and Catalog
3 MFD-Titan multi-function
displays.
Description Number
Ethernet gateway Serial interface easyRelay or MFD-…CP8/CP10_ to EASY209-SE 1
3 Available communication Ethernet, for connecting to easyOPC server,
easySoft or easyCom
modules support:
3 ● DeviceNet
● PROFIBUS-DP
3 ● AS-Interface EASY204-DP Network Interface Modules
Catalog
3 CANopen
●
Description Number
All modules operate
DeviceNet interface module Addresses available 0 to 63 EASY222-DN
3 exclusively as nodes on
the given network. PROFIBUS-DP interface module Device addresses available 1 to 126 EASY204-DP
3 AS-Interface interface module with

4 in and 4 out
Device: 4 inputs, 4 outputs, 4 parameter bits
Addresses available 0 to 31
EASY205-ASI
3 CANopen interface module Addresses available 1 to 127 EASY221-CO
3
Note
3 1 To set up the Ethernet gateway, download the EASY209-SE configuration software at www.eaton.com/easyrelays.
3
3
3
3
3
Programmable Relays
3.3
3
easy700/800/MFD Communication Interface Modules
EASY204-DP, EASY205-ASI, EASY221-CO, EASY222-DN, EASY209-SE 1 3
Supply voltage 24 Vdc 3
3
Heat dissipation 2 1W
Connection cables
Solid 0.2–4.0 mm2 (AWG 22–12)
3
Flexible 0.2–2.5 mm2 (AWG 22–12)
Degree of protection IP20 3
RFI suppression EN 55011, EN 55022 Class B, IEC 61000-6-1,2,3,4
Ambient operating temperature –25 °C to +55 °C 3
3
Transport and storage temperature –40 °C to +70 °C
Certification, standards EN 50178, IEC/EN 60947, UL, CSA
3
Notes
1 EASY209-SE is also compatible with easy500 programmable relays. 3
2 EASY204-DP dissipates 2 W.
3
3
Dimensions
EASY202-RE/EASY200-EASY/EASY205-ASI/
EASY209-SE Series, Drawing Number MD05013012E
EASY221-CO/EASY222-DN Series,
Drawing Number MD05013010E
3
EASY202-RE 0.30
EASY221-CO
0.30 3
EASY200-EASY (7.5) 0.157 (7.5)
(M4) Dia.
EASY205-ASI EASY222-DN (3.9)
3
3
3.54
(90.0)
3.54
(90.0) 3
1.77
(45.0)
4.02
(102.0)
1.77
(45.0)
4.02
(102.0)
3
4.33
(110.0)
4.33
(110.0)
3
3
0.18
(4.5) 0.157
0.18
(4.5)
3
(M4) Dia.
3
1.87 (3.9) 0.30 1.87 0.30
(47.5) (7.5) (47.5) (7.5)
2.22 1.40 2.22 1.40
(56.5) (35.5) (56.5) (35.5) 3
2.28 2.64
(58.0) (67.0)
3
3
3
3
3
3
Programmable Relays
EASY204-DP Series,
3 Drawing Number MD05013011E
3 0.30
(7.5)
3 EASY204-DP
3
3
3.54
(90.0)
4.02
1.77
3 (45.0)
(102.0)
4.33
(110.0)
3
3
0.18
3 (4.5)
(M4)
0.157
Dia.
1.87 (3.9) 0.30
3 (47.5)
2.22
1.40
(35.5)
(7.5)
3
(56.5)
2.44
(62.0)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Programmable Relays
3.3
Contents
easyRelay Power Supplies, Accessories and Software
Description Page
3
easy500/700/800 Programmable Relays . . . . . . . . V7-T3-20 3
with SmartWire-DT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-26 3
MFD-Titan Multi-Function Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-33 3
easyRelay Power Supplies, Accessories 3
and Software
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-44 3
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-46 3
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-47
3
3
3
easyRelay Power 3
Supplies, Accessories
and Software 3
Product Description Product Selection 3
Power Supplies—12 Vdc Power supply units are Fast diagnosis of the voltage The primary switched-mode
and 24 Vdc power supplies primary switched-mode
power supplies that are
output: continuous light on
the LED—fault-free
power supply units can be
used everywhere:
3
for applications where only
100–240 Vac is available. optimally suited for the
easyRelay and easySafety
operation; flashing on the
LED—short circuit or
● Safety extra low voltage 3
Accessories—Memory product series in terms of overload on voltage output. (SELV to EN 60 950)
modules, cables and other functions and design. The ● Radio interference Class B 3
components to complete new and high-performance
● Suitable for worldwide to EN 55 011 and EN 55 022
your automation solutions. power supply units support use due to wide range
input from 85 V to 264 Vac,
for use in industrial and
public networks
3
Software—The easySoft safe operation in plants and
50/60 Hz
software is used to program machines. They are simple
and flexible in handling. ● Output voltages can be
3
all of the easyRelays and connected in parallel to
MFD-Titan displays. The increase power output or 3
Windows®-based software for redundant operation to
provides straightforward
circuit diagram input and
achieve greater system 3
availability
editing and the diagrams can
be displayed in the format
● Compliance with 3
desired. When easy800 international standards and
and MFD-Titan controllers are approvals 3
connected using easyNet,
all connected devices can
be accessed and their EASY…-POW Power Supply Units 3
Rated input voltage 100–240 Vac, single-phase.
programs loaded from a
single controller. Input Voltage Rated Output Output Voltage Rated Output Rated Output 3
Range Voltage Setting Range Power Current Catalog Number
easySoft includes an
100–240 Vac 24 Vdc/12 Vdc — 8W 0.35 A/20 mA EASY200-POW 3
integrated offline simulation
tool that allows users to
test a circuit diagram
24 Vdc
24 Vdc
—
—
30 W
60 W
1.25 A
2.5 A
EASY400-POW
EASY500-POW
3
before commissioning.
24 Vdc — 100 W 4.2 A EASY600-POW 3
3
3
3
Programmable Relays
Bluetooth Adapter
3 Conveniently commission and service machines and other equipment remotely.
3 ● Simple communication
with easy800 or MFD-Titan
● An 8-digit PIN security
code prevents
● Simple recognition in
Windows 7
● Has all necessary radio
type approvals for USA,
3 from outside loud and/or
dangerous areas
unauthorized remote
access
● Full online functionality
with easySoft-Pro
Canada and Europe
3 V6.91or higher
Bluetooth Adapter
3
EASY800-BLT-ADP
Description Catalog Number
3 easy800/MFD Bluetooth adapter

The Blue tooth adapter provides wireless connectivity to easySoft-Pro for easy programming
EASY800-BLT-ADP
3 download and upload. Use it with the easyRemote Display Android App for simple and fast access
to your easy800 relays up to a distance of 10 meters.
3
3
Accessories
3
easySoft Programming Software
Programming software for easy500/700 EASY-SOFT-BASIC
3 Programming software for easy800, easy 802/806 and MFD-Titan EASY-SOFT-PRO
includes SWD-Assist for configuration of the SmartWire-DT network
3
3
3
3
Programming Cables
3 EASY-USB-CAB
3 easy500/700 to PC programming cable—USB EASY-USB-CAB

easy500/700 to PC programming cable—RS-232 EASY-PC-CAB
3 easy800/MFD to PC programming cable—RS-232 EASY800-PC-CAB

easy800/MFD to PC programming cable—USB EASY800-USB-CAB
3 easy802/806 to PC programming cable—USB, 2m EU4A-RJ45-USB-CAB1
3
MFD-CP4-800-CAB5 Cables and Connectors
easy500/700 to MFD-CP4 communication cable, 5m MFD-CP4-500-CAB5
3 easy800 to MFD-CP4 communication cable, 5m MFD-CP4-800-CAB5
3 easy800 to MFD-CP8 communication cable, 2m MFD-800-CAB

easy800 to MFD-CP8 communication cable, 5m MFD-800-CAB5
3 easy800 modem, printer, programming cable EASY800-MO-CAB

EASY800-MO-CAB easy802/806 to MFD-CP4 communication cable, 1.5m EU4A-RJ45-CAB2
3 easy802/806 to XV HMI communication cable, 2m EU4A-RJ45-CAB1
3
easy800/MFD easyNet cable, 0.3m networking cable EASY-NT-30
easy800/MFD easyNet cable, 0.8m networking cable EASY-NT-80
3 easy800/MFD easyNet cable, 1.5m networking cable EASY-NT-150

easy800/MFD easyNet cable (cable only, no connectors, see EASY-NT-RJ45), 100m EASY-NT-CAB
3 RJ45 network connectors for easyNet cable (EASY-NT-CAB), 10/pack EASY-NT-RJ45
easy800/MFD network termination resistor, 2/pack EASY-NT-R
3
Programmable Relays
3.3
Memory Storage Modules
EASY-M-32K
3
easy500/700 32K memory storage module EASY-M-32K
3
EASY-M-256K easy800/MFD 256K memory storage module EASY-M-256K
easy800/MFD 512K memory storage module EASY-M-512K 3
3
3
3
Miscellaneous Parts
3
Panel Window
3
easy500 panel window SKF-FF4
easy700/800 panel window SKF-FF6 3
easy500/700/800 panel window mounting kit to front mount units SKF-HA
Mounting Kit High current input adapter, six-channel EASY256-HCI
3
Base to expander, interface connector EASY-LINK-DS
3
easy500 relay simulator EASY412-DC-SIM-NA
Mounting feet, 9/pack ZB4-101-GF1 3
Grounding kit ZB4-102-KS1
3
Simulator
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Programmable Relays

3 easyRelay Power Supplies
3 Type EASY200-POW EASY400-POW

Supply voltage 100–240 Vac 100–240 Vac
3 Maximum range 85–264 Vac 85–264 Vac
3 Output voltage
Output current (rated value)
24 Vdc (±3%)
0.25 A
24 Vdc (±3%)
1.25 A
3 Overcurrent limitation form 0.3 A 1.4 A

Short-circuit proof (secondary) Yes Yes
3 Overload proof Yes Yes
Potential isolation (prim/sec.) Yes, SELV, (to EN 600950, VDE 805) Yes, SELV, (to EN 600950, VDE 805)
3 Others Additional output voltage 12 DC, 20 mA Additional output voltage 12 DC, 20 mA
3 Connection cables
Solid 0.2–4.0 mm2 (AWG 22–12) 0.2–4.0 mm2 (AWG 22–12)
3 Flexible 0.2–2.5 mm2 (AWG 22–12) 0.2–2.5 mm2 (AWG 22–12)

3 RFI suppression EN 55011, EN 55022 Class B, IEC 61000-6-1, 2, 3, 4 EN 55011, EN 55022 Class B, IEC 61000-6-1, 2, 3, 4
3
Ambient operating temperature –25 °C to +55 °C –25 °C to +55 °C
Transport and storage temperature –40 °C to +70 °C –40 °C to +70 °C
3 Mounting On 35 mm DIN rail or screw mounting with ZB4-101-GF1 mounting feet
3
Wiring Diagram
3 EASY256-HCI
3 L
N
3 >1A
3
S.. S..
3 N N 1 2
L N N I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 .....
3
115/230 Vh Input 115/230 Vh
3
3 EASY5..-AC-..
EASY7..-AC-..
3 4 5 6
3 EASY256-HCI
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Programmable Relays
3.3
Dimensions
EASY200-POW/EASY256-HCI and EASY400-POW Series, Drawing Number MD05013004E 3
3
EASY200-POW
EASY400-POW EASY256-HCI
0.42
(10.8)
1.97
(50.0)
0.30
(7.5)
3
3
3
3.54 3.54
(90.0) (90.0) 3
3
1.77 4.02 4.02
(45.0) (102.0) (102.0)
4.33
(110.0)
4.33
(110.0)
3
3
0.18
(4.5) 3
0.157
1.87
(47.5)
1.41
(35.8)
(M4)
(3.9)
Dia. 0.30
(7.5) 3
2.22 2.81 1.40
(56.5) (71.5) (35.5) 3
MFD-XS-80 and MFD-XM-80 Series, Drawing Number MD05013009E
3
MFD-XS-80 MFD-XM-80 3
3
3
3.48
3.74
(95.0)
(88.5) 3
3
3
3.41
(86.5)
0.98
(25.0)
3.48
(88.5)
0.89
(22.5)
3
3
SKF-FF4 and SKF-FF6 Series, Drawing Number MD05013014E
SKF-FF4 0.63 SKF-FF6 0.63
3
(16.0) (16.0)
3
3
3
2.99 2.99
(76.0) (76.0)
3
3.70 0.98 5.12 0.98
3
(94.0) (25.0) (130.0) (25.0)
3
3
Programmable Relays

3
SKF-HA Series, Drawing Number MD05013015E
3 SKF-HA 0.43
(11.0)
3
3
3 1.89 2.60
(48.0) (66.0)
3
3
3 3.23
(82.0)
3
ZB4-101-GF1 Mounting Feet
3 Fitting on 35 mm Top-Hat Rail Fitting on Mounting Plate (Horizontal)
3 * *
ZB4-101-GF1
3
3
3
3
3 * *
* 3 mounting feet are sufficient
3
ZB4-102-KS1 Series—
3 Grounding the Screen for Top-Hat Rail EASY412-DC-SIM-NA Series
3 Connect Outputs
Connection
3 Cable
Digital Inputs
3
3 DEL ALT
3
ESC OK
3
3 ZB4-102-KS1 Series—
Grounding the Screen for Mounting Plate
3
3
3 Power Supply Unit
3
3
General Purpose Plug-In Relays
3.4
Contents
General Purpose Plug-In Relay
Description Page
3
D1RR/D1RF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-53 3
D2RR/D2RF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-57
D3RR/D3RF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-67 3
D4 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-76
D5RR/D5RF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-80 3
D7PR/D7PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-89
D8 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-103 3
3
D9 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-108
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-112
3
3
3
3
Product Selection Guide 3
General Purpose Relay Selection Characteristics 3
● Current rating: 1 A–30 A ● Specifications: CSA, CE,
● Contact arrangement: IEC, NEMA, UL, etc. 3
SPDT, DPDT, 3PDT, 4PDT, ● Other: physical
etc. dimensions, maximum 3
● Coil voltage: 6 V–240 Vac/ voltage, mechanical/
6 V–110 Vdc electrical life, etc.
3
● Mounting options: socket,
flange, DIN rail, panel 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

3 Relay Series D1RR/D1RF D2RR/D2RF D3RR/D3RF
3
3
3
3
3
3 Approvals
3
3 Note: UL when used with the appropriate socket. Note: UL when used with the appropriate socket. Note: UL when used with the appropriate socket.
Features
3 Polycarbonate cover Polycarbonate cover Polycarbonate cover
Indicator lamp and pushbutton available Indicator lamp and pushbutton available Indicator lamp and pushbutton available
3 Panel and DIN mounting Panel, DIN and flange mounting Panel and DIN mounting
3 Latching
Contact Data
3 Configuration SPDT DPDT 4PDT DPDT 3PDT

Max. allowable load 15 A 12 A 6A 10 A 10 A 10 A
3 Material Silver alloy Silver alloy Silver alloy
3 Dielectric strength
between poles
1500 V 1500 V 1500 V
3
Coil Data
AC 6 to 240 Vac 6 to 240 Vac 6 to 240 Vac
3 DC 6 to 110 Vdc 6 to 110 Vdc 6 to 110 Vdc

Power
3 VA (Vac) 0.9 VA 1.2 VA 3 VA 1.4 W (D3RR and D3RF)
Watts (Vdc) 0.7 W 0.9 W —
3 General Data
3 Ambient temperature
Storage –40 °F to +185 °F (–40 °C to +85 °C) –40 °F to +185 °F (–40 °C to +85 °C) –40 °F to +185 °F (–40 °C to +85 °C)
3 Operational –40 °F to +131 °F (–40 °C to +55 °C) –40 °F to +131 °F (–40 °C to +55 °C) –40 °F to +131 °F (–40 °C to +55 °C)
Response time 20 milliseconds 20 milliseconds 20 milliseconds
3 Life
Mechanical operations 10 million 10 million 5 million (D3RR and D3RF)
3 Electrical operations 100,000 200,000 100,000
3 Page Numbers V7-T3-53 to V7-T3-56 V7-T3-57 to V7-T3-66 V7-T3-67 to V7-T3-75
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
General Purpose Plug-In Relays, continued
Relay Series D4 D5RR/D5RF D7PR/D7PF
3
3
3
3
3
Approvals
3
3
Note: UL when used with the appropriate socket. Note: UL when used with the appropriate socket.
Features 3
3
Polycarbonate cover Polycarbonate cover Polycarbonate cover
Indicator lamp available Indicator lamp and pushbutton available Indicator lamp and pushbutton available
Panel and DIN mounting Panel, DIN and flange mounting Panel and DIN mounting
3
Socket has built-in hold-down spring
Contact Data 3
Configuration SPDT DPDT DPDT 3PDT DPDT 3PDT 4PDT
Max. allowable load 10 A at 250 Vac 5 A at 240 Vac 10 A 10 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 3
Material
Dielectric strength
AgCdO
5000 V
Silver alloy
1500 V
Silver alloy
1500 V 2500 V 2500 V
3
Coil Data 3
AC 6 to 240 Vac 6 to 240 Vac 6 to 240 Vac
DC 6 to 110 Vdc 6 to 110 Vdc 6 to 110 Vdc 3
Power
VA (Vac) 0.9 VA 3 VA 1.2 VA 1.5 VA 1.5 VA
3
Watts (Vdc) 0.5 W 1.4 W 0.9 W 1.4 W 1.5 W
3
General Data
Ambient temperature 3
Storage –40 °F to +158 °F (–40 °C to +70 °C) –40 °F to +185 °F (–40 °C to +85 °C) –40 °F to +185 °F (–40 °C to +85 °C)
Operational –40 °F to +158 °F (–40 °C to +70 °C) –40 °F to +131 °F (–40 °C to +55 °C) –40 °F to +131 °F (–40 °C to +55 °C) 3
3
Response time 15 milliseconds 20 milliseconds 20 milliseconds (30 milliseconds for latching)
Life
Mechanical operations 10 million 5 million 10 million
3
Electrical operations 100,000 100,000 100,000 200,000 200,000
Page Numbers V7-T3-76 to V7-T3-79 V7-T3-80 to V7-T3-88 V7-T3-89 to V7-T3-102 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
General Purpose Plug-In Relays, continued

3 Relay Series D8 D9
3
3
3
3
Approvals
3
3
Features
3 Dust cover Dust cover
Panel, DIN and flange mounting Pushbutton available
3 Quick-connect and screw terminals Panel mounting
3 Contact Data
Screw terminals
3 Configuration 4PST
SPST-NO DPST-NO NO NC
3 Max. allowable load 30 A at 25 A at 25 A at 8 A at
220 Vac 220 Vac 220 Vac 220 Vac
3 Material AgCdO AgCdO
3
Dielectric strength 4000 V 4000 V
Coil Data
3 AC 6 to 240 Vac 24 to 240 Vac

DC 12 to 24 Vdc 12 to 110 Vdc
3 Power
VA (Vac) 2.5 VA 2.6 VA
3 Watts (Vdc) 1.9 W 2.0 W
3 General Data
Ambient temperature
3 Storage –4 °F to +185 °F (–20 °C to +85 °C) –13 °F to +140 °F (–25 °C to +60 °C)
Operational –4 °F to +131 °F (–20 °C to +55 °C) –13 °F to +140 °F (–25 °C to +60 °C)
3 Response time 30 milliseconds 50 milliseconds
Life
3 Mechanical operations 5 million 1 million
3 Electrical operations
Page Numbers
100,000
V7-T3-103 to V7-T3-107
100,000
V7-T3-108 to V7-T3-111
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
Contents
D1 Series Relay
Description Page
3
D1RR/D1RF Series 3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-54 3
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-56 3
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-56
D2RR/D2RF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-57 3
3
D3RR/D3RF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-67
D4 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-76
D5RR/D5RF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D7PR/D7PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V7-T3-80
V7-T3-89
3
D8 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-103 3
D9 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-108
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-112 3
3
D1RR/D1RF Series 3
Product Description Features Standards and Certifications 3
The D1 Series of relay
provides a compact single- D1RR 3
pole relay capable of handling ● Compact relay capable of
15 A. Multiple feature and
voltage options allow for the
breaking relatively large
load currents
When used with 3
accompanying Eaton
perfect fit for any application. Panel and DIN rail
3
UL Listed
●
screw terminal socket.
mounting
D1RF
Catalog Number Selection 3
● The contact operation D1RF/D1RR Series
can be easily checked by 3
Push-to-Test button
● Flag indicator shows relay
D1RF 1 A 3
status in manual or
powered condition Family Type Coil Voltage 3
● LED status lamp shows D1RF = Full-featured style 1 A = 120 Vac
coil ON or OFF status—
ideal for use in low light
D1RR = Plain cover style A1 = 110 Vdc
B = 240 Vac
3
R1 = 12 Vdc
●
applications
Push-to-Test button allows
Contact Configuration
1 = SPDT
T = 24 Vac
T1 = 24 Vdc
3
for manual operation of
3
W1 = 48 Vdc
relay without the need for
coil power
● Lock-down door holds
Note
1 Full-featured, LED test button, flag
3
pushbutton and contacts in indicator, lock-down door, finger-grip
the operate position when cover, ID tag. 3
activated
● Finger-grip cover allows 3
operator to remove relays
from sockets easily 3
● ID tag/write label to
identify relays in multiple-
relay circuits
3
● Bipolar LED allows for
reverse polarity
3
applications
3
3
Product Selection
3
D1RR/D1RF Relay/Socket Quick Reference
3 Relay Module ID
Type Socket Clip Type Tag Jumper
3 D1RR1 D1PAA PMC-1781 B — —
3 D1RF1 D1PAA PMC-1781 B — —
3 D1RF Series Relay D1RR/D1RF Series
3 Coil
Voltage
Contact
Configuration
Coil Resistance
(Ohms)
Catalog
Number
3 Full Featured
12 Vdc SPDT 188 D1RF1R1
3 24 Vac 50/60 Hz SPDT 180 D1RF1T

24 Vdc SPDT 750 D1RF1T1
3 110 Vdc SPDT 13,800 D1RF1A1
3
120 Vac 50/60 Hz SPDT 4430 D1RF1A
240 Vac 50/60 Hz SPDT 15,720 D1RF1B
3 Plain Cover
12 Vdc SPDT 188 D1RR1R1
3 24 Vdc SPDT 750 D1RR1T1
48 Vdc SPDT 2600 D1RR1W1
3 110 Vdc SPDT 13,800 D1RR1A1
3 120 Vac 50/60 Hz

240 Vac
SPDT
SPDT
4430
15,270
D1RR1A
D1RR1B
3
3
Accessories
3 D1RR/D1RF Sockets and Accessories
3 Type
Module
Size
Nominal Voltage
(Max. for Sockets)
Nominal
Current Mounting Style Wire Size
Wire
Connection
Standard
Pack
Catalog
Number
3 Socket B 300 20 Panel/DIN rail 12 /14 (2) AWG, 4 /2.5 (2) mm2 Screw clamping 10 D1RAA 1
Flange mount adapter — — — Flange — — 25 PFC-D11
3 Metal spring clip — — — — — — 25 PMC-1781
Protection diode B 6 to 250 Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-BD250
3 LED indicator B 24 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-BLG24
3
B 120/240 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-BLG240
MOV suppressor B 120 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-BMV120
3 B 24 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-BMV24
B 240 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-BMV240
3 Plastic DIN rail end stop — — — — — — 25 PFP-P
3 Note
1 Protection Category (Finger Safe), EN 60529: IP20.
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
3
D1RF/D1RR Relay Specifications
Description D1RR D1RF 3
Contact Characteristics
Contact rating 15 A 15 A
3
Terminal style
Contact materials
Plug-in
Silver alloy
Plug-in
Silver alloy
3
Maximum switching voltage 300 V 300 V 3
Switching current at voltage—resistive 20 A at 120 Vac 50/60 Hz 20 A at 120 Vac 50/60 Hz
20 A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz 20 A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz 3
3
20 A at 28 Vdc 20 A at 28 Vdc
Switching current at voltage 1/2 hp at 120 Vac 1/2 hp at 120 Vac
1 hp at 277 Vac 1 hp at 277 Vac
3
Pilot duty B300 B300
Minimum switching requirement 100 mA at 5 Vdc (0.5 W) 100 mA at 5 Vdc (0.5 W) 3
Coil Characteristics
Operating range 3
% of nominal (AC)
% of nominal (DC)
85 to 110%
80 to 110%
85 to 110%
80 to 110%
3
Average consumption 0.9 VA 0.9 VA 3
0.7 W 0.7 W
Dropout voltage threshold 15% (AC) 15% (AC) 3
10% (DC) 10% (DC)
Performance 3
Electrical life (UL 508) operations at rated current
Mechanical life operations unpowered
100,000 operations
10,000,000 operations
100,000 operations
3
Response time 20 ms 20 ms 3
Dielectric strength
Between coil and contact Vac (rms) 2500 V (rms) 2500 V (rms) 3
Between poles Vac (rms) 1500 V (rms) 1500 V (rms)
Environment 3
Ambient air temperature around the device
Storage –40 °F to +131 °F (–40 °C to +55ºC) –40 °F to +131 °F (–40 °C to +55 °C)
3
Operation –40 °F to +185 °F (–40 °C to +85ºC) –40 °F to +185 °F (–40 °C to +85 °C)
3
Vibration resistance—operational 3 g-n at 10–55 Hz 3 g-n at 10–55 Hz
Shock resistance 10 g-n 10 g-n 3
Features 3
3
Cover options Plain cover Full featured
Features Mechanical flag indicator (optional LED) Locking pushbutton/
Bipolar LED/
Removable ID tag/ 3
Mechanical flag indicator
Product certifications RoHS/UL/CE/CSA RoHS/UL/CE/CSA 3
3
3
3
3
3
Wiring Diagram
3
D1RF/D1RR
3 12 1
3
14 5
3
3
11 9
3
3 A1 A2 13 14
3
IEC NEMA
3
3 Dimensions
D1RF/D1RR
3 0.10 0.53 0.53
(2.1) (14.0) (14.0)
3
3 1.10 1.10
(27.9) (27.9)
3
3
1.60 1.40
3 (40.6) (35.5)
3 D1RAA
3 1.18
(30.0)
0.74 0.67
3 (19.0) (17.0) 14 5
3 12 1
3 1
N.C.
1
N.C.
5 5
0.16 N.O. N.O.
3 3.14
(80.0)
(4.0) 9
COM
9
COM
3 3.33
14 13
Input
14 13
Input
(84.0)
3 1.57
Module Module
Input Input
3
(40.0)
A2 A1 Input 14 13 Input
3
Input Input
11 9
3 0.82 IEC NEMA
(21.0)
3
3
3.4
Contents
D2 Series Relay
Description Page
3
D1RR/D1RF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-53 3
D2RR/D2RF Series
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-58 3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-60 3
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-62 3
3
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-63
D3RR/D3RF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-67
D4 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D5RR/D5RF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V7-T3-76
V7-T3-80
3
D7PR/D7PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-89 3
D8 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-103
D9 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-108 3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-112
3
D2RR/D2RF Series 3
The D2 Series is a compact
line of relays with quick D2RR D2RF 3
response time and long life. ● Ultra-high sensitivity relay ● Flag indicator shows relay
Available in DPDT and 4PDT
configurations.
with quick response
High reliability, long life
status in manual or powered
condition
When used with 3
●
accompanying Eaton
Bipolar LED status lamp
3
UL Listed
● Panel, DIN rail and flange ●
screw terminal socket.
mounting allows for reverse polarity
applications
● Small size
● Shows coil ON or OFF 3
status
● Ideal in low light 3
conditions
● Color-coded pushbutton 3
identifies AC coils with red
or DC coils with blue 3
pushbuttons
● Allows for manual 3
operation of relay without
the need for coil power 3
● Ideal for field service
personnel to test control
circuits
3
● Lock-down door, when
activated, holds pushbutton
3
and contacts in the operate
position 3
Excellent for analyzing
3
●
circuit problems
● Finger-grip cover allows
operator to remove relays 3
from sockets more easily
than conventional relays 3
● White plastic ID tag/write
label used for identification 3
of relays in multi-relay
circuits
3
3
Catalog Number Selection

3
D2RF/D2RR 1
3
D2RF 2 A
3
Family Type Coil Voltage
3 D2RF = Full-featured style 2 A = 120 Vac
D2RR = Plain cover style A1 = 110 Vdc
3 B = 240 Vac
R1 = 12 Vdc
Contact Configuration T = 24 Vac
3 2 = DPDT
4 = 4PDT
T1 = 24 Vdc
W1 = 48 Vdc
3
3 Product Selection
3 D2RF/D2RR Relay/Socket Quick Reference

Relay Module ID
3 Type Socket Clip Type Tag Jumper
D2RR2, D2RF2 D2PAL PWC-D24 B PWF-D2P D2PJ1
3 PQC-1782 — — —
D2PA6 PQC-1342 None — —
3 D2RR4, D2RF4 D2PAP PWC-D24 B PWF-D2P D2PJ1
3 PQC-1782 — — —
D2PA7 PWC-D24 B — —
3 PQC-1782 B — —
D2PA6 PQC-1342 None — —
3 Notes
3
1 For deciphering catalog numbers. Do not use for ordering as not all combinations are readily available.
2 Full-featured, LED test button, flag indicator, lock-down door, finger-grip cover, ID tag.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
D2RF/D2RR Series
D2RF Series Relay
Coil Contact Coil Resistance Catalog
3
Voltage Configuration (Ohms) Number
Full Featured Style
3
12 Vdc DPDT 160 D2RF2R1
3
24 Vac DPDT 180 D2RF2T
24 Vdc DPDT 650 D2RF2T1 3
48 Vdc DPDT 2600 D2RF2W1
110/125 Vdc DPDT 11,000 D2RF2A1 3
3
120 Vac DPDT 4430 D2RF2A
220/240 Vac DPDT 15,720 D2RF2B
12 Vdc 4PDT 160 D2RF4R1
3
24 Vac 4PDT 180 D2RF4T
24 Vdc 4PDT 650 D2RF4T1 3
48 Vdc 4PDT 2600 D2RF4W1
110/125 Vdc 4PDT 11,000 D2RF4A1 3
120 Vac
220/240 Vac
4PDT
4PDT
4430
15,720
D2RF4A
D2RF4B
3
Plain Cover Style 3
12 Vdc DPDT 160 D2RR2R1
24 Vac DPDT 180 D2RR2T 3
24 Vdc DPDT 650 D2RR2T1
120 Vac DPDT 4430 D2RR2A
3
220/240 Vac DPDT 15,720 D2RR2B
3
12 Vdc 4PDT 160 D2RR4R1
24 Vac 4PDT 180 D2RR4T 3
24 Vdc 4PDT 650 D2RR4T1
110/125 Vdc 4PDT 11,000 D2RR4A1 3
3
120 Vac 4PDT 4430 D2RR4A
220/240 Vac 4PDT 15,720 D2RR4B
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Accessories
3
3
D2RF/D2RR Sockets and Accessories
Module Nominal Voltage Nominal Wire Standard Catalog
3
Type Size (Max. for Sockets) Current Mounting Style Wire Size Connection Pack Number
Socket B 300 12 DIN rail/panel 14/16 (2) AWG, 2.5/1.5 (2) mm2 Elevator 1 D2PAL 1
3 None 300 10 DIN rail/panel 12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm2 Screw clamping 10 D2PA6
B 300 10 DIN rail/panel 14/16 (2) AWG, 2.5/1.5 (2) mm2 Elevator 1 D2PAP 1
3 B 300 10 DIN rail/panel 12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm2 Screw clamping 10 D2PA7 1
None 300 10 DIN rail/panel 12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm2 Screw clamping 5 D2PA4
3 Flange mount adapter — — — Flange — — 25 PFC-D2D72
3 Plastic ejector clip

Metal spring clip
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
25
PWC-D24
PQC-1782
3 — — — — — — 25 PQC-1342
Hold-down spring — — — — — — 100 PYC-A1
3 Protection diode B 6 to 250 Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-BD250
LED indicator B 24 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-BLG24
3 B 120/240 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-BLG240
3 MOV suppressor B 120 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-BMV120

B 24 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-BMV24
3 B 240 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-BMV240

Coil bus jumpers — — — — — — 10 D2PJ1
3 Plastic DIN rail end stop — — — — — — 25 PFP-P
3 Note
1 Protection category (finger safe), EN 60529: IP20.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
3
D2RF/D2RR Relay Specifications
Description D2RR2/D2RR4 D2RF
3
Contact Characteristics 3
Contact rating 12 A / 6 A 6A
Terminal style Plug-in Plug-in 3
Contact materials Silver alloy Silver alloy
Maximum switching voltage 300 V 300 V
3
Switching current at voltage—resistive 10 A at 120 Vac
50/60 Hz
10 A at 277 Vac
50/60 Hz 3
8 A at 277 Vac
50/60 Hz
8 A at 120 Vac
50/60 Hz 3
3
1 hp at 277 Vac 1 hp at 277 Vac
3
Minimum switching requirement 100 mA at 5 Vdc
(0.5 W)
100 mA at 5 Vdc
(0.5 W) 3
Operating range
3
% of nominal (AC) 85 to 110% 85 to 110% 3
% of nominal (DC) 80 to 110% 80 to 110%
Average consumption 1.2 VA 1.2 VA 3
0.9 W 0.9 W
Dropout voltage threshold 15% (AC) 15% (AC)
3
10% (DC) 10% (DC)
3
Performance
Electrical life (UL 508) operations at rated current 200,000 200,000 3
Mechanical life operations unpowered 10,000,000 10,000,000
Response time 20 ms 20 ms 3
3
Dielectric strength
Between coil and contact Vac (rms) 1500 rms 1500 rms
Between poles Vac (rms) 1500 rms 1500 rms
3
Environment
Ambient air temperature around the device 3
Operation –40 °F to +131 °F (–40 °C to +55 °C) –40 °F to +131 °F (–40 °C to +55 °C)
Storage –40 °F to +185 °F (–40 °C to +85 °C) –40 °F to +185 °F (–40 °C to +85 °C) 3
Vibration resistance—operational
Shock resistance
3 g-n at 10–55 Hz
10 g-n
3 g-n at 10–55 Hz
10 g-n
3
Degree of protection IP40 IP40 3
Features
Cover options Plain cover Full featured 3
Features Mechanical flag indicator Locking pushbutton/
Bipolar LED/ 3
Removable ID tag/
Product certifications RoHS/UL/CE/CSA

RoHS/UL/CE/CSA
3
3
3
3
3
Wiring Diagrams
3
3
D2RF2/D2RR2
12 42 1 4
3
3 14 44 5 8
3
3 11 41 9 12
3
A1 A2 13 14
3
3
IEC NEMA
3 D2RF4/D2RR4
3 12 22 32 42 1 2 3 4
3 14 24 34 44 5 6 7 8
3
3 11 21 31 41 9 10 11 12
3
A1 A2 13 14
3
3 IEC NEMA
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
Dimensions
D2RF2/D2RR2 3
0.27
(7.0)
0.83
(21.0)
0.83
(21.0)
3
0.02
(0.5)
3
1.10
(27.9)
1.10
(27.9) 3
3
0.24 0.24
1.54
(39.1)
(6.0) 1.40
(35.5)
(6.0)
3
3
D2RF4/D2RR4
0.27 0.83 0.83
3
(7.0) (21.0) (21.0)
0.02
(0.5) 3
1.10 1.10 3
(27.9) (27.9)
3
1.54
0.24
(6.0) 1.40
0.24
(6.0)
3
(39.1) (35.5)
3
D2PA6
3
0.71
(18.0)
3
8 7 6 5
44 34 24 14 8 7 6 5 3
4 3 2 1 3
42 32 22 12 4 3 2 1
3
2.51
4 3 2 1
N.C.
4 3 2 1
N.C.
3
(64.0) 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
N.O. N.O.
3
12 11 10 9 12 11 10 9
2.71
(69.0)
COM COM
3
0.17 14 13 14 13
INPUT INPUT
1.25
(4.3)
Dia. 3
(32.0) 1 1 Typ.
4 3
A2 A1
3
INPUT 14 INPUT 13
1
2
1
1
1
0 9
3
41 31 21 11 12 11 10 9
3
1.00 0.89
(25.4) (22.7) IEC NEMA
3
1.20
(30.7)
3
3
3

3
D2PA7
3 1.57
1.00
(40.0)
3 0.74 0.14
(25.4)
(19.0) (3.8)
3 34 24
34 24 7 6
3
7 6
44 14
3
44 14 8 5
8 5
42 32 22 12
3.30
3 (84.0) 4 3 2 1
42 32 22 12 4 3 2 1
3 4 3 2 1
N.C.
4 3 2 1
N.C.
3.11 2.40 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
3 (79.0) (61.0)
12 11 10 9
N.O.
12 11 10 9
N.O.
COM COM
3 0.14 14 13 14 13
INPUT INPUT
3 (3.80)
1.55
MODULE MODULE
INPUT INPUT
3
11 (39.5)
A2 A1 11 9
INPUT INPUT 9 A2 A1 14 13
3
14 13
41 31 21 INPUT INPUT
41 21 12 10
3
31 11
12 11 10
3 1.18 0.82
0.25
IEC NEMA
(6.4)
(30.0) (21.0)
3 1.18
(30.0)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
3
D2PAP
2.40
3
3
(61.0)
0.74
(19.0)
41 31 21 11
41 31 21 11 12 11 10 9 3
12 11 10 9
44 34 24 14
44 34 24 14 8 7 6 5 3
8 7 6 5
42 32 22 12 42 32 22 12 4 3 2 1
3
3.34 0.20
4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
3
(85.0) (5.6) N.C. N.C.
8 7 6 5
N.O.
8 7 6 5
N.O. 3
3
12 11 10 9 12 11 10 9
COM COM
3.11
(79.0) 14 13 14 13
3
INPUT INPUT
1.49 MODULE
INPUT
MODULE
INPUT
3
(38.0)
3
IEC:
3
A2 A1
NEMA: A2 INPUT A1 14 INPUT 13
14 INPUT 13
IEC NEMA 3
0.90
(22.0)
3
1.06
(26.9) 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

3
D2PAL
3
2.40 1.06
3 (61.0) 0.74
(19.0)
(27.0)
3 41 11
41 11 12 9
12 9
3 44 14
44 14 8 5
8 5
3 42 12 42 12 4 1
3 3.34 0.20
4 1
4 1 4 1
(85.0) N.C. N.C.
(5.6)
3
8 5 8 5
N.O. N.O.
12 9 12 9
3
COM COM
3.11
14 13 14 13
(79.0) INPUT INPUT
3
3 1.49
MODULE
INPUT
MODULE
INPUT
(38.0)
3
A2 IEC:
3 A1 A2 INPUT A1 14 INPUT 13
NEMA:
IEC NEMA
14 INPUT 13
3
3 0.92
(23.5)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
Contents
D3 Series Relay
Description Page
3
D1RR/D1RF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-53 3
D2RR/D2RF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-57
D3RR/D3RF Series 3
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-68
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-70
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-71 3
3
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-72
D4 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-76
D5RR/D5RF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D7PR/D7PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V7-T3-80
V7-T3-89
3
D8 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-103 3
D9 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-108
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-112 3
3
D3RR/D3RF Series 3
The D3 Series of relays
provides excellent
D3RR
● Compact relay capable of
D3RF
● The contact operation can
3
functionality in a popular
octal base design. Rigid
breaking relatively large
load currents
be easily checked by Push-
to-Test button
When used with
accompanying Eaton
3
pins and guide allow for
Panel and DIN rail Flag indicator shows relay UL Listed
screw terminal socket
3
● ●
quick and easy installation
mounting status in manual or (for D3RF only)
with little risk of damage.
● 8- or 11-pin octal plug-in powered condition
● LED status lamp shows 3
coil ON or OFF status—
ideal for use in low light 3
applications
● Push-to-Test button allows 3
for manual operation of
coil power
3
● Lock-down door holds
pushbutton and contacts in
3
the operate position when
activated 3
● Finger-grip cover allows
operator to remove relays 3
from sockets easily
● ID tag/write label to 3
identify relays in multiple-
relay circuits 3
● Bipolar LED allows for
reverse polarity 3
applications
3
3
3
3
3

3
D3RR/D3RF Series 1
3
D3RR 2 1
3
3 D3RR = Standard relay
D3RF = Full featured relay
A = 120 Vac
A1 = 110 Vdc
3
B = 240 Vac
R1 = 12 Vdc
Contact Configuration T = 24 Vac
3 2 = DPDT (8-pin)
3 = 3PDT (11-pin)
T1 = 24 Vdc
W1 = 48 Vdc
3
Product Selection
3
D3 Relay/Socket Quick Reference
3 Relay Module ID
3 D3RR2, D3RF2 D3PA6 PQC-1332 A — D3PJ1
D3PAL8 PQC-1351 A PWF-D3D5 —
3 D3PA2 PQC-1351 None — —
3 D3RR3, D3RF3 D3PA7

D3PAL11
PQC-1332
PQC-1351
A
A
—
PWF-D3D5
D3PJ1
—
Notes
3 1 For deciphering catalog numbers. Do not use for ordering as not all combinations are readily available.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
D3RR/D3RF Series
D3 Series Relay
3
Full Featured Style
3
120 Vac DPDT 1700 D3RF2A
3
240 Vac DPDT 7200 D3RF2B
12 Vdc DPDT 120 D3RF2R1 3
24 Vdc DPDT 470 D3RF2T1
120 Vac 3PDT 1700 D3RF3A 3
3
220/240 Vac 3PDT 7200 D3RF3B
24 Vdc 3PDT 470 D3RF3T1
3
Plain Cover Style
120 Vac DPDT 1700 D3RR2A 3
110/125 Vdc DPDT 10,000 D3RR2A1
220/240 Vac DPDT 7200 D3RR2B 3
12 Vdc
24 Vac
DPDT
DPDT
120
72
D3RR2R1
D3RR2T
3
24 Vdc DPDT 470 D3RR2T1 3
48 Vdc DPDT 1800 D3RR2W1
120 Vac 3PDT 1700 D3RR3A 3
110/125 Vdc 3PDT 10,000 D3RR3A1
220/240 Vac 3PDT 7200 D3RR3B
3
12 Vdc 3PDT 120 D3RR3R1
3
24 Vac 3PDT 72 D3RR3T
24 Vdc 3PDT 470 D3RR3T1 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Accessories
3
3
D3RR/D3RF Series Sockets and Accessories
3
Socket A 300 16 DIN rail/panel 12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm2 Screw clamping 1 D3PA6 1
3 A 300 12 DIN rail/panel 12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm2 Elevator 10 D3PAL8 1
None 300/600 15/10 DIN rail/panel 12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm2 Screw clamping 10 D3PA2
3 A 600 5 DIN rail/panel 12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm2 Screw clamping 1 D3PA7 1
A 300 12 DIN rail/panel 12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm2 Elevator 10 D3PAL11 1
3 None 300/600 15/5 DIN rail/panel 12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm2 Screw clamping 10 D3PA3
3 Metal spring clip —

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
25
10
PQC-1332
PQC-1351
3 Protection diode A 6 to 250 Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-AD250

LED indicator A 24 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-ALG24
3 A 120/240 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-ALG240
MOV suppressor A 120 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-AMV120
3 A 24 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-AMV24
3 A 240 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-AMV240

R/C suppressor A 6 to 24 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-RC24
3 A 110 to 240 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-RC240

Write-on plastic labels — — — — — — 10 PWF-D3D5
3 Coil bus jumpers — — — — — — 10 D3PJ1
3
Plastic DIN rail end stop — — — — — — 25 PFP-P
Note
3 1 Protection category (finger safe), EN 60529: IP20.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
3
D3RR/D3RF Series Relay Specifications
Description D3RR D3RF
3
Terminal style Octal Octal 3
3
Switching current at voltage—resistive 16 A at 277 Vac
50/60 Hz
16 A at 277 Vac
50/60 Hz 3
16 A at 120 Vac
50/60 Hz
16 A at 120 Vac
50/60 Hz 3
3
1/3 hp at 120 Vac 1/3 hp at 120 Vac
3
Minimum switching requirement 100 mA at 5 Vdc 100 mA at 5 Vdc 3
(0.5 W) (0.5 W)
Coil Characteristics 3
Operating range
% of nominal (AC) 85 to 110% 85 to 110% 3
3
% of nominal (DC) 80 to 110% 80 to 110%
Average consumption 3 VA 3 VA
1.4 W 1.4 W
3
Dropout voltage threshold 15% (AC) 15% (AC)
10% (DC) 10% (DC) 3
Performance
Electrical life (UL 508) operations at rated current 100,000 operations 100,000 operations 3
Mechanical life operations unpowered
Response time
20 ms
20 ms
3
Dielectric strength 3
Between coil and contact Vac (rms) 1500 V (rms) 1500 V (rms)
Between poles Vac (rms) 1500 V (rms) 1500 V (rms) 3
Environment
3
Storage –40 °F to +185 °F (–40 °C to +85 °C) –40 °F to +185 °F (–40 °C to +85 °C)
3
Vibration resistance—operational 3 g-n at 10–55 Hz 3 g-n at 10–55 Hz 3
Shock resistance 10 g-n 10 g-n
Degree of protection IP40 IP40 3
3
Features
Cover options Plain cover Full Featured
Features Mechanical flag indicator Bipolar LED/
Locking pushbutton/
3
Removable ID tag/
Mechanical flag indicator 3
Product certifications RoHS/UL/CE/CSA RoHS/UL/CE/CSA
3
3
3
3
Dimensions
3 D3RR2/D3RF2
3
3 1.39 1.39
(35.3) (35.3)
3
3 0.24 1.37 1.37
3 (6.1) 2.20
(55.2)
(34.8) 2.10
(50.3)
(34.8)
3 12 22 4 5
3 14 24 3 6
3 A1 A2 2 7
11 31 1 8
3
3 IEC NEMA
3 D3RR3/D3RF3
3
3
1.39 1.39
(35.3) (35.3)
3
3 0.24
(6.1)
2.20
1.37
2.10
1.37
(34.8) (34.8)
(50.3)
3 (55.2)
3 22
21
24 5
6
7
3 12 32 4 8
14 34 3 9
3 A1 A2 2 10
3 11 31 1 11
3 IEC NEMA
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
3
D3PA2
0.97
1.60
3
(24.6)
3
(40.0)
0.59 1.29
(15.0) (33.0)
3
A1 11 21 A2 2 1 8 7 3
2 1 8 7
INPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT
2.02
(51.0)
0.16
(4.2)
1 8 1 8
3
2 7 2 7
2.12
3
3 6 3 6
3
(54.0)
4 5 4 5
1.01 3 5 6 4
(25.6) 14 12 22 24 3 4 5 6 3
IEC NEMA
3
3
D3PA3
2.32
3
0.97 (59.0)
(24.6)
2.06
3
(52.0)
3
3
11 31 1 11
1 11 14
A1 A2
34 3
2 10
9
3
1.60 Dia. INPUT 1 11 INPUT INPUT 1 11 INPUT
(40.0)
3
2 10
9
2.05
(52.0) 3
2 10
9 3
2 10
9
3
4 8 2.16
(54.8)
4
5 7
8
32
4
5 7
8
3
1.02 12 6 4 6 8
(25.0) 5
6
7
22 24 5 7 3
21 6
IEC NEMA
3
3
0.97
(24.6) 1.60
(40.0)
3
0.59
3
1.29
(15.0) (33.0)
3
A1 11 21 A2 2 1 8 7
2 1 8 7
0.16 INPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT
3
2.02 1 8 1 8
3
(4.2)
(51.0)
2 7 2 7
2.12
(54.0)
3 6 3 6 3
4 5 4 5
1.01 3 4 5 6 3
(25.6) 14 12 22 24 3 4 5 6
NEMA
3
IEC

3
D3PA6
3 1.45
(37.0)
3 1.10
1.42
(36.0)
(27.9)
3 22 11 12 22 11 12 5 1 4
3 5 1 4
24 21 14 24 21 14 6 8 3
3 2.86
6 8 3
3
(72.0) 0.15
3.00 (3.8) 5 4 5 4
(76.0)
6 3 6 3
3
7 2 7 2
3 8 1 8 1
1.58
3
MODULE MODULE
(40.0) INPUT INPUT
3
IEC:
NEMA:
A2 A1 A2 Coil Jumper Buss A1 7 Coil Jumper Buss

2
3
7 2
IEC NEMA
3 1.20
(30.0)
3
3 D3PA7
1.45
3 (37.0)
1.10 1.50
3 (27.9) (38.0)
3 32
8
24
7
22
5
12
4 32 24 22 12 8 7 5 4
3 31
11
21 11
31 21 11 11 6 1
6 1
3
3.18
34 14 0.15
(81.0) (3.8) 6 6
9 34 7 5 14 9 7 5 3
3
3 3.01
8 4 8 4
(76.0) 9 3 9 3
3 10 2 10 2
11 1 MODULE 11 1 MODULE
3 1.58
INPUT INPUT
(40.0)
3 IEC:
A2 Coil Jumper Buss A1 10 Coil Jumper Buss 2
NEMA: INPUT INPUT
3 A2 A1 IEC NEMA
INPUT INPUT
3 10 2
3 1.35
(34.2)
3
3
3
3.4
3
D3PAL8
0.86 3
(22.0)
24 22 12 14 3
3
24 22 12 14 6 5 4 3
6 5 4 3
3
0.12
5 4 5 4
3
(3.10)
2.95
(75.0) 6 3 6 3 3
7 2 7 2
3
8 1 8 1
1.45 3
(37.0) INPUT A2 INPUT A1
3
MODULE MODULE
7 IEC: 2 INPUT INPUT
NEMA:
A2 A2 21 11 A1
A2 A2 21 11 A1 7 7 8 1 2 3
7 7 8 1 2
0.12
3
1.06 (30.0) IEC NEMA
(27.0)
1.49
(38.0)
3
3
D3PAL11
0.86
3
3
(22.0)
34 32 24 22 14 12
3
34 32 24 22 14 12 9 8 7 5 3 4
9 8 7 5 3 4
3
0.12 7
6
5 7
6
5
3
(3.1)
2.95
(75.0)
8 4 8 4
3
9 9
3
3 3
10 2 10 2
1.45
11 1 11 1 3
INPUT A2 INPUT A1
3
(37.0)
MODULE MODULE
10 IEC: 2 INPUT INPUT
NEMA:
A2 A2 31 21 11 A1
A2 A2 31 21 11 A1 2
3
10 10 11 6 1
10 10 11 6 1 2
INPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT 3
0.12
1.06
(27.0)
(30.0) IEC NEMA
3
1.49
(38.0)
3
3
3
3
Contents
3 D4 Series Relay
Description Page
3 D1RR/D1RF Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-53
D2RR/D2RF Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-57
3 D3RR/D3RF Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-67
D4 Series
3 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-78
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-79
3 D5RR/D5RF Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-80
3
D7PR/D7PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-89
D8 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-103
3 D9 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V7-T3-108
V7-T3-112
3
3
3
3 D4 Series
3 Product Description Standards and Certifications Catalog Number Selection
The D4 Series is a slim-form
3
File # E1491, E65657 D4 Series 1
relay designed to fit into tight
spaces. The retaining clip is File # LR701519 D4PR 1 1 A
3 built in to the socket to
provide easy and secure
3 assembly.
D4PR A = 120 Vac
Features A1 = 110 Vdc
3 ● Slim-styled power relay Contact Configuration
B = 240 Vac
P = 6 Vac
● Socket has built-in hold- 1 = SPDT P1 = 6 Vdc
3 down clip 2 = DPDT R = 12 Vac
R1 = 12 Vdc
● Panel or DIN rail mounting
3
T = 24 Vac
Options T1 = 24 Vdc
Blank = Plain cover W = 48 Vac
3 1 = Indicating light W1 = 48 Vdc
3
3 Product Selection
D4 Relay/Socket Quick Reference
3
Relay Type Socket Hold-Down Clip
3 D4PR1 D4PA1 2
2
D4PR2 D4PA2
3 Notes
3
1 For deciphering catalog numbers. Do not use for ordering as not all combinations are
readily available.
2 Socket has built-in hold-down spring.
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
D4 Series
D4 Series Relay
Standard Catalog Standard Catalog
3
Voltage/Poles Pack Number Voltage/Poles Pack Number
DIN Rail Sockets DPDT with Indicating Light
3
Single-pole 10 D4PA1 120 Vac 1 D4PR21A
3
Two-pole 10 D4PA2 110 Vdc 1 D4PR21A1
SPDT with Indicating Light 240 Vac 1 D4PR21B 3
120 Vac 1 D4PR11A 6 Vac 50 D4PR21P
110 Vdc 1 D4PR11A1 6 Vdc 1 D4PR21P1 3
3
240 Vac 1 D4PR11B 12 Vac 50 D4PR21R
6 Vac 50 D4PR11P 12 Vdc 1 D4PR21R1
6 Vdc 50 D4PR11P1 24 Vac 1 D4PR21T
3
12 Vac 50 D4PR11R 24 Vdc 1 D4PR21T1
12 Vdc 1 D4PR11R1 48 Vdc 50 D4PR21W1 3
24 Vac 1 D4PR11T Standard DPDT
24 Vdc 1 D4PR11T1 120 Vac 1 D4PR2A 3
48 Vdc
Standard SPDT
50 D4PR11W1 110 Vdc
240 Vac
50
50
D4PR2A1
D4PR2B
3
120 Vac 1 D4PR1A 6 Vac 50 D4PR2P 3
110 Vdc 50 D4PR1A1 6 Vdc 1 D4PR2P1
240 Vac 50 D4PR1P 12 Vac 50 D4PR2R 3
6 Vac 1 D4PR1P1 12 Vdc 1 D4PR2R1
6 Vdc 50 D4PR1R 24 Vac 1 D4PR2T
3
12 Vac 1 D4PR1R1 24 Vdc 1 D4PR2T1
3
12 Vdc 1 D4PR1R1-A2 48 Vdc 1 D4PR2W1
24 Vac 1 D4PR1T 3
24 Vdc 1 D4PR1T1
48 Vdc 1 D4PR1W1 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

3
3
D4 Series
Resistive Load Inductive Load
3
Description (p.f. = 1) (p.f. = 0.4, L/R = 7 ms)
D4PR1
3 Rated load 250 Vac 10 A 250 Vac 7.5 A

30 Vdc 10 A 30 Vdc 5 A
3 Carry current 10 A 10 A
Max. operating voltage 380 Vac/125 Vdc 380 Vac/125 Vdc
3 Max. operating current 10 A 10 A
3 Contact material
Max. switching capacity
AgCdO
2500 VA
AgCdO
1875 VA
3 300 W 150 W
Min. permissible load 100 mA, 5 Vdc 100 mA, 5 Vdc
3 Pickup voltage (max.) 80% AC/70% DC 80% AC/70% DC
3
Dropout voltage (min.) 30% AC/15% DC 30% AC/15% DC
Voltage (max.) 110% 110%
3 Mechanical life (min.) 10,000,000 AC/20,000,000 DC 10,000,000 AC/20,000,000 DC

Electrical life at all contact ratings (min.) 100,000 100,000
3 Maximum hp ratings 1/3 hp (125 Vac) 1/3 hp (125 Vac)
1/2 hp (250 Vac) 1/2 hp (250 Vac)
3 1/2 hp (277 Vac) 1/2 hp (277 Vac)
3 D4PR2
Rated load 240 Vac 5 A 250 Vac 2 A
3 30 Vdc 5 A 30 Vdc 3 A
Carry current 5A 5A
3 Max. operating voltage 380 Vac/125 Vdc 380 Vac/125 Vdc
Max. operating current 5A 5A
3 Contact material AgCdO AgCdO
3 Max. switching capacity 1250 VA

150 W
500 VA
90 W
3 Min. permissible load 10 mA, 5 Vdc 10 mA, 5 Vdc

Pickup voltage (max.) 80% AC/70% DC 80% AC/70% DC
3 Dropout voltage (min.) 30% AC/15% DC 30% AC/15% DC
3
Voltage (max.) 110% 110%
Mechanical life (min.) 10,000,000 AC/20,000,000 DC 10,000,000 AC/20,000,000 DC
3 Electrical life at all contact ratings (min.) 100,000 100,000

Maximum hp ratings 1/6 hp (120 Vac) 1/6 hp (120 Vac)
3 1/3 hp (240 Vac) 1/3 hp (240 Vac)
1/3 hp (265 Vac) 1/3 hp (265 Vac)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
Dimensions
D4PR1 D4PR2 3
3
0.51 0.51
1.14 (13.0) (13.0)
0.10 Max. 0.39 1.14
(29.0) 0.01 (29.0) Max. 0.39
(2.5) Max. (10.0) (2.5) Max. (10.0)
0.08
(2.0) 3
1.14 1.10
3
(29.0) (28.0)
0.79 Max. Max. 0.79
(20.0) (20.0) 0.08
(2.0)
3
0.02
(0.5)
0.24 0.10 0.02 0.16
0.19 0.02 0.16 (6.0) (2.6) (0.5) (4.0)
3
(4.8) (0.5) (4.0)
5 – 0.035 x 0.12
(0.9 x 3)
Elliptic Holes 0.35 0.30
0.30 (8.9) (7.5)
(7.5)
0.20
0.20
(5.2)
1 0.02
(0.5)
0.02
(0.5)
1 2 3 4
3
(5.2) 0.76 8 7 6 5
2 4 3
0.69
(17.5)
5
Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
(19.4)
(Bottom View)
3
(Bottom View)
3
D4PA1 3
3
0.28 0.08 0.16
(7.1) (2.0) (4.1)
Dia. Holes
0.17 (4.2)
3
Five
3.5 x 0.32 Dia. Holes
2.82 (88.9 x 8.0) 4
(71.6) 1.40
3
(35.6) 3
Max. 1.180 0.002
(29.97 0.05)
2 M3 or 3
0.77 (19.6) 5 1 3.30 (0.13)
3
0.16 0.77 1.18 (30.0) Dia. Holes
(4.1) (19.6)
Max. 2.13 (54.1) Max.
Terminal Arrangement Mounting Holes
3
D4PA2
3
0.28 0.08 0.16
3
(7.1) (2.0) (4.1)
Dia. Holes
Eight 0.17 (4.2)
Dia. Holes
3
3.5 x 0.32
2.82 (88.9 x 8.0) 6 3
(71.6) 1.40
(35.6) 5 4
Max. 1.180 0.002
(29.97 0.05)
3
0.16 0.77
0.77 (19.6)
7
8
2
1
M3 or
0.13 (3.30) 3
1.18 (30.0) Dia. Holes
(4.1) (19.6)
Max. 2.13 (54.1) Max.
Terminal Arrangement Mounting Holes
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Contents
3 D5 Series Relay
Description Page
3 D1RR/D1RF Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-53
D2RR/D2RF Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-57
3 D3RR/D3RF Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-67
D4 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-76
3 D5RR/D5RF Series
3
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-83
3 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V7-T3-85
V7-T3-86
3 D7PR/D7PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-89
D8 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-103
3 D9 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-108
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-112
3
3 D5RR/D5RF Series
3 Product Description Features Standards and Certifications
3
The D5 Series is rated at D5RR D5RF
10 A and is available in full- ● Industrial rated 300 V, 10 A ● Flag indicator shows relay
featured and plain cover relay in two-pole and three- status in manual or
3 styles. pole configurations powered condition When used with
accompanying Eaton
Compact design can be ● LED status lamp shows
3
● UL Listed
screw terminal socket
panel or DIN rail mounted coil ON or OFF status— (D5RF only)
ideal for use in low light
3 applications
● Push-to-Test button allows
3 for manual operation of
3 ●
coil power
Lock-down door holds
3 pushbutton and contacts in
the operate position when
activated
3 ● Finger-grip cover allows
3 from sockets easily
● ID tag/write label to
3 identify relays in multiple-
relay circuits
3 ● Bipolar LED allows for
reverse polarity
3 applications
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
3
D5 Series
3
D5RR 3 1
3
D5RR = Standard relay
D5RF = Full featured relay
A = 120 Vac
A1 = 110 Vdc
3
B = 240 Vac
R1 = 12 Vdc
T = 24 Vac
3
2 = DPDT
3 = 3PDT
T1 = 24 Vdc
W1 = 48 Vdc 3
3
Product Selection 3
D5 Relay/Socket Quick Reference 3
Relay Module ID
3
D5RR2, D5RF2, D5PAL PQC-1351 A PWF-D3D5 D3PJ1
D5RR3, D5RF3
D5PA2 PQC-1351 None — — 3
D5PA3L PQC-1351 None — —
D5PA3S PQC-1351 None — —
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
D5 Series
3 D5 Series Relay
3 Full Featured
3 120 Vac DPDT 1700 D5RF2A

110/125 Vdc DPDT 10,000 D5RF2A1
3 220/240 Vac DPDT 7200 D5RF2B
12 Vdc DPDT 120 D5RF2R1
3 24 Vac DPDT 72 D5RF2T
3
24 Vdc DPDT 470 D5RF2T1
120 Vac 3PDT 1700 D5RF3A
3 110/125 Vdc 3PDT 10,000 D5RF3A1

220/240 Vac 3PDT 7200 D5RF3B
3 12 Vdc 3PDT 120 D5RF3R1
3 24 Vdc 3PDT 470 D5RF3T1
3 Side Flange Cover

220/240 Vac DPDT 7200 D5RB2B
3 12 Vdc DPDT 120 D5RB2R1

24 Vac DPDT 72 D5RB2T
3 24 Vdc DPDT 470 D5RB2T1
3
Plain Cover
120 Vac DPDT 1700 D5RR2A
3 110/125 Vdc DPDT 10,000 D5RR2A1

220/240 Vac DPDT 7200 D5RR2B
3 24 Vac DPDT 72 D5RR2T
24 Vdc DPDT 470 D5RR2T1
3 120 Vac 3PDT 1700 D5RR3A
3
110/125 Vdc 3PDT 10,000 D5RR3A1
220/240 Vac 3PDT 7200 D5RR3B
3 12 Vdc 3PDT 120 D5RR3R1

24 Vac 3PDT 72 D5RR3T
3 24 Vdc 3PDT 470 D5RR3T1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
Accessories
3
D5 Sockets and Accessories
Module Nominal Voltage Nominal Wire Standard Catalog 3
Socket A 300 25 DIN rail 10 /14 (2) AWG, 6/2.5 (2) mm2 Elevator 10 D5PAL 1 3
None 300 15 DIN rail/panel 12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm2 Screw clamping 10 D5PA2
None 300 15 Chassis (Output): 16 AWG, 1 mm2 Solder 10 D5PA3L 3
Metal spring clip
None
—
300
—
15
—
Chassis
—
(Output): 16 AWG, 1
—
mm2 Solder
—
10
10
D5PA3S
PQC-1351
3
Protection diode A 6 to 250 Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-AD250 3
LED indicator A 24 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-ALG24
A 120/240 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-ALG240 3
MOV suppressor A 120 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-AMV120
A 24 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-AMV24
3
R/C suppressor
A
A
240 Vac/Vdc
6 to 24 Vac/Vdc
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
20
20
MOD-AMV240
MOD-RC24
3
A 110 to 240 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-RC240 3
Write-on plastic labels — — — — — — 10 PWF-D3D5
Coil bus jumpers — — — — — — 10 D3PJ1 3
3
Note
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

3
3
D5 Series
Description D5RR D5RF
3 Contact Characteristics
3 Terminal style Plug-in Plug-in
3
3 Switching current at voltage—resistive

16 A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz 16 A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz
3 16 A at 120 Vac 50/60 Hz 16 A at 120 Vac 50/60 Hz
3 Switching current at voltage 1/2 hp at 240 Vac 1/2 hp at 240 Vac
3 Pilot duty
1/3 hp at 120 Vac
B300
1/3 hp at 120 Vac
B300
3 Minimum switching requirement 100 mA at 5 Vdc (0.5 W) 100 mA at 5 Vdc (0.5 W)

3 Operating range
% of nominal (AC) 85 to 110% 85 to 110%
3 % of nominal (DC) 80 to 110% 80 to 110%
3 Average consumption 3 VA
1.4 W
3 VA
1.4 W
3 Drop-out voltage threshold 10%/15% (AC)

10% (DC)
10%/15% (AC)
10% (DC)
3
Performance
Electrical life (UL 508) operations at rated current 100,000 operations 100,000 operations
3 Mechanical life operations unpowered 5,000,000 operations 5,000,000 operations

Response time 20 ms 20 ms
Between coil and contact Vac (rms) 1500 V (rms) 1500 V (rms)
3 Between poles Vac (rms) 1500 V (rms) 1500 V (rms)
3 Environment
3 Storage –40 °F to +185 °F (–40 °C to +85 °C) –40 °F to +185 °F (–40 °C to +85 °C)
3 Vibration resistance—operational 3 g-n at 10–55 Hz 3 g-n at 10–55 Hz
Shock resistance 10 g-n 10 g-n
3 Degree of protection IP40 IP40
3 Features
Cover options Flange/plain cover with LED Full featured
3 Features Mechanical flag indicator

(LED optional)
Bipolar LED/
Mechanical flag indicator/
3
Locking pushbutton/
Removable ID tag
Product certifications RoHS/UL/CE/CSA RoHS/UL/CE/CSA
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
Wiring Diagrams
3
D5PA3L and D5PA3S
12 32 22 1 2 3
3
N.C. N.C.
3
14 34 24 6
3
4 5
N.O. N.O.
3
11 31 21 7 8 9
COM COM
3
A1 A2
INPUT
A B
INPUT
3
IEC NEMA
3
D5RR2/D5RF2 DPDT
3
12 22 1 3
3
3
14 24 4 6 3
3
11 21 7 9 3
3
A1 A2
3
A B
IEC NEMA
3
3
D5RR3/D5RF3 3PDT
12 32 22 1 2 3
3
3
14 34 24 4 5 6 3
3
11 31 21 7 8 9 3
3
3
A1 A2 A B
IEC NEMA 3
3
3
3
3
Dimensions
3 D5RR and D5RF
3
3 1.40
(35.4)
1.40
(35.4)
3
3 0.20
(6.1) 2.10 1.37 1.97 1.37
(34.9) (50.0) (34.9)
3
(53.1)
3 D5PA2
3 1.69
(43.0)
3 1.03
(26.0)
1.53
(39.0)
3
0.40 1.37
(10.0) (35.0)
3
6 5 4
24 34 14 6 5 4
3 3 2 1
22 32 12 3 2 1
0.15
3 (3.8) 3 2 1
N.C.
3 2 1
N.C.
6 5 4 6 5 4
3
3.00
N.O. N.O.
(76.0)
3.14 9 8 7 9 8 7
3 (80.0)
B
COM
B
COM
A INPUT A INPUT
3 1.50
B A
(38.0)
3 A2
INPUT
A1 B
INPUT
A
3 9 8 7
21 31 11 9 8 7
3 IEC NEMA
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
3
D5PA3L and D5PA3S
0.30 1.50 0.87

3
(7.5) (38.1) (22.2)
3
0.02
(0.5) 3
3
1 2 3
2.03
(51.0) 1.37
(34.7) 4 5 6 3
3
7 8 9
1.25
(31.7) 1.68
(42.8)
A B 3
3
0.16 Dia.
0.50
(4.2)
2 Holes
3
Recommended
0.29
(7.5)
(2.5)
Chassis Cutout
0.87
0.16 (3.9) 3
Dia. Holes
3
(22.2)
0.28
(5.3)
0.63
(16.2)
3
1.68
0.13
(42.6) 3
0.24 (3.3)
3
1.37
(6.1) 1.27
(34.7)
(32.3)
Solder Type Terminals
0.29
(7.5)
3
3
0.63
(16.2) 1.39
3
(35.4)
0.18
(4.7)
3
0.24 1.37 Typ.
(6.1) (34.7) 3
3/16 Q.C. Type Terminals 0.19 (4.7)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

3
D5PAL
3 2.48
(63.0)
3 21 31 11
21 31 11 9 8 7
3
9 8 7
24 34 14
24 34 14 6 5 4
3
6 5 4
22 32 12
22 32 12 3 2 1
3
3 2 1
3.70
(96.0)
N.C. N.C.
3 2 5 1 3 2 5 1
3 3.62
(92.0) 9
6
8
4 N.O.
9
6
8
4 N.O.
7 7
3
COM COM
B A B A
INPUT INPUT
3 MODULE MODULE
INPUT INPUT
3
A2 A1 Coil Jumper Coil Jumper
3
IEC:
NEMA:
A2 Buss A1 B Buss A
7 2
INPUT
3 INPUT
IEC
INPUT INPUT
NEMA
INPUT
1.40
3 (36.0)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
Contents
D7 Series Relay
Description Page
3
D1RR/D1RF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-53 3
D2RR/D2RF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-57
D3RR/D3RF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-67 3
D4 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-76
D5RR/D5RF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-80 3
D7PR/D7PF Series
3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-92
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V7-T3-93
V7-T3-95
3
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-96 3
D8 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-103
D9 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-108 3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-112
3
D7PR/D7PF Series 3
The D7 Series is a cost- File # E37317, E65657
effective control relay with D7PR D7PF
File # LR217017,
3
high dielectric strength and ● Arc barrier equipped relay ● Flag indicator shows relay
high current-carrying capacity. with high dielectric
strength
status in manual or
powered condition
LR217069
3
Panel and DIN rail Bipolar LED status lamp
3
● ●
mounting allows for reverse polarity

applications
● Shows coil ON or OFF 3
status
● Ideal in low light 3
conditions
● Color-coded pushbutton 3
identifies AC coils with red
or DC coils with blue 3
pushbuttons
● Allows for manual 3
operation of relay
without the need for
coil power
3
● Ideal for field service
personnel to test
3
●
control circuits
Lock-down door, when
3
activated, holds
pushbutton and contacts in 3
the operate position
● Excellent for analyzing 3
circuit problems
● Finger-grip cover allows 3
from sockets more easily 3
than conventional relays
● White plastic ID tag/write 3
label used for identification
of relays in multi-relay
circuits
3
3

3
D7 Series
3 D7PR 1 1 A
3 Family Type Coil Voltage
3 D7PR = Standard relay

D7PF = Full featured relay
A = 120 Vac
A1 = 110 Vdc
B = 240 Vac
3 Contact Configuration
R1 = 12 Vdc
T = 24 Vac
3 2 = DPDT 4 = 4PDT T1 = 24 Vdc

3 = 3PDT W1 = 48 Vdc
3 Options
3
Blank = Plain cover (D7PR only)
A = LED test button, flag indicator,
lock-down door, finger-grip cover,
3 ID tag (D7PF only)
3 Product Selection
3 D7 Relay/Socket Quick Reference
3
Relay Module
Type Socket/Adapter Clip Type ID Tag Jumper
3
D7PR2, D7PF2 D7PAA PQC-1342 B — —
PQC-1349 B — —

PFC-D2D72 — None — —
3 D7PR3, D7PF3 D7PAB PQC-1783 A — —
PMC-1783 A — —
3 PFC-D73 — None — —
3 D7PR4, D7PF4 D7PAD PQC-1784

PMC-1784
A
A
—
—
—
—
3 PFC-D74 — None — —
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
D7 Series
D7 Series Relay
3
Full Featured
3
120 Vac DPDT 4430 D7PF2AA
3
110/125 Vdc DPDT 11,000 D7PF2AA1
220/240 Vac DPDT 15,720 D7PF2AB 3
12 Vdc DPDT 160 D7PF2AR1
24 Vac DPDT 180 D7PF2AT 3
3
24 Vdc DPDT 650 D7PF2AT1
24 Vac 3PDT 103 D7PF3AT
24 Vdc 3PDT 400 D7PF3AT1
3
120 Vac 4PDT 2220 D7PF4AA
110/125 Vdc 4PDT 7340 D7PF4AA1 3
240 Vac 4PDT 9120 D7PF4AB
12 Vdc 4PDT 96 D7PF4AR1 3
24 Vac
24 Vdc
4PDT
4PDT
84.5
388
D7PF4AT
D7PF4AT1
3
48 Vac 4PDT 410 D7PF4AW1 3
Plain Cover
120 Vac DPDT 4430 D7PR2A 3
110/125 Vdc DPDT 11,000 D7PR2A1
12 Vdc DPDT 160 D7PR2R1 3
24 Vac DPDT 180 D7PR2T
24 Vdc DPDT 650 D7PR2T1 3
3
120 Vac 3PDT 2770 D7PR3A
240 Vac 3PDT 12,100 D7PR3B
12 Vdc
24 Vac
3PDT
3PDT
100
103
D7PR3R1
D7PR3T
3
24 Vdc 3PDT 400 D7PR3T1
3
120 Vac 4PDT 2220 D7PR4A
110/125 Vdc 4PDT 7340 D7PR4A1 3
240 Vac 4PDT 9120 D7PR4B
24 Vac 4PDT 84.5 D7PR4T 3
24 Vdc 4PDT 388 D7PR4T1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Accessories
3
3
D7 Sockets and Accessories
3
Socket B 300 16 DIN rail/panel 12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm2 Screw clamping — D7PAA 1
3 None 300 10 DIN rail/panel 12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm2 Screw clamping 1 D7PA9
A 300 16 DIN rail/panel 12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm2 Screw clamping — D7PAD 1
3 A 300 16 DIN rail/panel 12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm2 Screw clamping — D7PAB 1
Flange mount adapter — — — Flange — — 25 PFC-D2D72
3 — — — Flange — — 25 PFC-D73
3 Metal spring clip

—
—
—
—
—
—
Flange
—
—
—
—
—
25
25
PFC-D74
PQC-1342
3 Plastic ID clip — — — — — — 10 PQC-1349

Metal spring clip — — — — — — 25 PQC-1784
3 Plastic ID clip — — — — — — 10 PMC-1784
Hold-down spring — — — — — — 25 PYC-B2
3 Metal spring clip — — — — — — 10 PQC-1783
3 Plastic ID clip — — — — — — 10 PMC-1783

Protection diode A 6 to 250 Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-AD250
3 LED indicator A 24 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-ALG24

A 120/240 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-ALG240
3 MOV suppressor A 120 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-AMV120
3
A 24 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-AMV24
A 240 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-AMV240
3 R/C suppressor A 6 to 24 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-RC24

A 110 to 240 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-RC240
3 Protection diode B 6 to 250 Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-BD250
LED indicator B 24 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-BLG24
3 B 120/240 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-BLG240
3 MOV suppressor B
B
120 Vac/Vdc
24 Vac/Vdc
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
20
20
MOD-BMV120
MOD-BMV24
3 B 240 Vac/Vdc — — — — 20 MOD-BMV240

3 Note
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
3
D7PR Relay
Description D7PR (DPDT) D7PR (3PDT) D7PR (4PDT)
3
Contact rating 15 A 15 A 15 A
Terminal style Plug-in Plug-in Plug-in 3
3
Contact materials Silver alloy Silver alloy Silver alloy
Maximum switching voltage 300 V 300 V 300 V
Switching current at voltage—resistive 15 A at 120 Vac 50/60 Hz 15 A at 120 Vac 50/60 Hz 15 A at 120 Vac 50/60 Hz
3
12 A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz 12 A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz 12 A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz
10 A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz — — 3
12 A at 28 Vdc 12 A at 28 Vdc 12 A at 28 Vdc
Switching current at voltage 1/2 hp at 120 Vac 1/2 hp at 120 Vac 1/2 hp at 120 Vac 3
3
1 hp at 250 Vac 3/4 hp at 250 Vac 3/4 hp at 250 Vac
Pilot duty B300 B300 B300
Minimum switching requirement 100 mA at 5 Vdc (0.5 W) 100 mA at 5 Vdc (0.5 W) 100 mA at 5 Vdc (0.5 W)
3
Operating range 3
% of nominal (AC) 85 to 110% 85 to 110% 85 to 110%
% of nominal (DC) 80 to 110% 80 to 110% 80 to 110% 3
Average consumption 1.2 VA
0.9 W
1.5 VA
1.4 W
1.5 VA
1.5 W
3
Dropout voltage threshold 15% (AC) 15% (AC) 15% (AC) 3
10% (DC) 10% (DC) 10% (DC)
Performance 3
Electrical life (UL 508) operations at rated current 100,000 operations 200,000 operations 200,000 operations
Mechanical life operations unpowered 10,000,000 operations 10,000,000 operations 10,000,000 operations
3
Response time 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms
3
Dielectric strength
Between coil and contact Vac (rms) 2500 V (rms) 2500 V (rms) 2500 V (rms) 3
Between poles Vac (rms) 1500 V (rms) 2500 V (rms) 2500 V (rms)
Environment 3
3
Operation –40 °F to +131 °F –40 °F to +131 °F –40 °F to +131 °F
(–40 °C to +55 °C) (–40 °C to +55 °C) (–40 °C to +55 °C)
Storage –40 °F to +185 °F –40 °F to +185 °F –40 °F to +185 °F
3
(–40 °C to +85 °C) (–40 °C to +85 °C) (–40 °C to +85 °C)
Vibration resistance—operational 3 g-n at 10–55 Hz 3 g-n at 10–55 Hz 3 g-n at 10–55 Hz 3
Shock resistance
Degree of protection
10 g-n
IP40
10 g-n
IP40
10 g-n
IP40
3
Features 3
Cover options Plain cover Plain cover Plain cover
Features Mechanical flag indicator Mechanical flag indicator Mechanical flag indicator 3
(optional LED) (optional LED) (optional LED)
Product certifications RoHS/UL/CE/CSA RoHS/UL/CE/CSA RoHS/UL/CE/CSA 3
3
3
3
3
D7PF Relay
3 Description D7PF (DPDT) D7PF (3PDT) D7PF (4PDT)
3 Contact Characteristics
Contact rating 15 A 15 A 15 A
3 Terminal style Plug-in Plug-in Plug-in
Contact materials Silver alloy Silver alloy Silver alloy
3 Maximum switching voltage 300 V 300 V 300 V
3 Switching current at voltage—resistive

15 A at 120 Vac 50/60 Hz 15 A at 120 Vac 50/60 Hz 15 A at 120 Vac 50/60 Hz
3 12 A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz 12 A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz 12 A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz

10 A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz — —
3 12 A at 28 VDC 12 A at 28 Vdc 12 A at 28 Vdc
3
Switching current at voltage 1/2 hp at 120 Vac 3/4 hp at 250 Vac 1/2 hp at 120 Vac
1 hp at 250 Vac 1/2 hp at 120 Vac 3/4 hp at 250 Vac
3 Pilot duty B300 B300 B300

Minimum switching requirement 100 mA at 5 Vdc (0.5 W) 100 mA at 5 Vdc (0.5 W) 100 mA at 5 Vdc (0.5 W)
3 Coil Characteristics
Operating range
3 % of nominal (AC) 85 to 110% 85 to 110% 85 to 110%
3
% of nominal (DC) 80 to 110% 80 to 110% 80 to 110%
Average consumption 1.2 VA 1.5 VA 1.5 VA
3 0.9 W 1.4 W 1.5 W

Dropout voltage threshold 15% (AC) 15% (AC) 15% (AC)
3 10% (DC) 10% (DC) 10% (DC)
Performance
3 Electrical life (UL 508) operations at rated current 100,000 operations 200,000 operations 200,000 operations
3 Mechanical life operations unpowered

Response time
20 ms
20 ms
20 ms
Between coil and contact Vac (rms) 2500 V (rms) 2500 V (rms) 2500 V (rms)
3 Between poles Vac (rms) 1500 V (rms) 2500 V (rms) 2500 V (rms)
Environment
3 Ambient air temperature around the device
3 Operation –40 °F to +131 °F

(–40 ° to 55 °C)
–40 °F to +131 °F
(–40 ° to 55 °C)
–40 °F to +131 °F
(–40 ° to 55 °C)
3 Storage –40 °F to +185 °F

(–40 ° to 85 °C)
–40 °F to +185 °F
(–40 ° to 85 °C)
–40 °F to +185 °F
(–40 ° to 85 °C)
3
Vibration resistance—operational 3 g-n at 10–55 Hz 3 g-n at 10–55 Hz 3 g-n at 10–55 Hz
Shock resistance 10 g-n 10 g-n 10 g-n
3 Degree of protection IP40 IP40 IP40

Features
3 Cover options Full featured Full featured Full featured
Features Locking pushbutton/ Locking pushbutton/ Locking pushbutton/
3 Bipolar LED/
Removable ID tag/
Bipolar LED/
Removable ID tag/
Bipolar LED/
Removable ID tag/
3 Product certifications
RoHS/UL/CE/CSA
RoHS/UL/CE/CSA
RoHS/UL/CE/CSA
3
3
3
3
3.4
Wiring Diagrams
3
D7PR2/D7PF2
12 42 1 4 3
14 44 5 8
3
3
3
11 41 9 12
A1 A2 13 14 3
IEC NEMA
3
D7PR3/D7PF3 3
12 22 42 1 2 4 3
14 24 44 5 6 8 3
3
11 21 41 9 10 12
3
A1 A2 13 14 3
IEC NEMA
3
D7PR4/D7PF4 3
12 22 32 42 1 2 3 4 3
14 24 34 44 5 6 7 8
3
3
11 21 31 41 9 10 11 12
3
A1 A2 13 14 3
3
IEC NEMA
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Dimensions
3 D7PR1/D7PF1
3
0.27 0.83 0.29 0.83
0.29
(7.0) (21.0) (7.4) (21.0)
(7.4)
0.02 0.02
3 (0.5) (0.5)
1.10 1.10
3 (27.9) (27.9)
3 0.19 0.19
1.54 1.40
(4.8)
3 (35.5) (4.8)
(39.1)
0.38 0.16
3 (9.9) (4.7)
0.23
3
(5.9)
0.30
(7.5)
3
3
0.08
3 (2.1)2X 0.55
(14.1)
3
D7PR2/D7PF2
3 0.27
0.29 0.83 0.29 0.83
3 (7.0)
(7.4)
0.02
(21.0) (7.4)
0.02
(21.0)
(0.5) (0.5)
3 1.10 1.10
(27.9) (27.9)
3
3 1.54
0.19
(4.8)
1.40 0.19
(4.8)
(39.1) (35.5)
3 0.38 0.16
(9.9) (4.7)
3 0.23
(5.9)
3 0.30
(7.5)
3
3 0.08
(2.1)2X 0.55
3 (14.1)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
3
D7PR3/D7PF3
0.26 1.20 1.20

3
0.27 (30.8) 0.29
(6.6) (30.8)
(7.0) 0.02
(0.5)
(7.4)
0.02
(0.5)
3
1.10 1.10 3
(27.9) (27.9)
3
1.60
0.19
(4.8) 1.40 0.19 3
(40.0) (35.5) (4.8)
3
0.39
0.39
(9.9) 0.19
(4.7) 3
(9.9) 0.23
(5.9)
0.26
3
(6.7)
3
3
0.39
(9.9)2X 3
0.79
(20.0)
3
D7PR4/D7PF4 3
1.60 1.60
3
0.27 0.26 0.29
(7.0) (6.6) (40.6) (7.4) (40.6)
0.02 0.02
(0.5) (0.5)
3
1.10 1.10
(27.9) (27.9)
3
1.54 0.19 1.40 0.19 3
(39.1) (4.8) (35.5) (4.8)
3
0.38
0.38 (9.9)
0.16
3
0.38 (9.9)
(4.7)
(9.9)
0.23 3
(5.9)
0.26
(6.7) 3
3
0.38 3
(9.9)2X
1.18
(29.9) 3
3
3
3
3
3

3
D7PA3 D7PA4
3 1 10 1 13
4 7 5 9
3 2
5 8 6 10
3 2
6 9 7 11
3 3 11 3
Wiring Diagram (Top View) 8 12
3 2.74 (69.8)
4
Wiring Diagram (Top View)
14
3
2.58 (67.5) Max.
2.74 (69.8)
2.58 (67.5) Max.
3
1.09
3
(27.8)
Max.
0.65
(16.6) 1.09
(27.8)
3 0.65
Max.
(16.6)
3 Combination Slotted/Phillips
Head Screws 6-32 x 5/16"
3 Combination Slotted/Phillips
Head Screws 6-32 x 5/16"
4 1 10 7
3 1.44
(36.6) 5 2 8
1.59
5 1 13 9
(40.5)
3 1.27
(32.5)
3
Max.
6 2 10
6 11 9 1.83
1.98
3 (46.5)
1.63
(50.5)
Max.
(41.4) 7 3 11
3
8 4 14 12
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
3
D7PA9 Standard Mount
0.71 3
(18.0)
3
3
8 5
44 14 8 5
4 1 42 12 4 1
3
1 1
3
2.52 4 4
N.C. N.C.
(64.0) 8 5
N.O.
8 5
N.O.
3
2.73 12 9
COM
12 9
COM
3
(69.0)
0.16 3
(4.0) 14 13 INPUT 14 13 INPUT
3
1.26
(32.0)
A2 A1 INPUT 14 13 INPUT 3
14 13
41 11 12 9
3
12 9
IEC NEMA
3
1.02 1.03
3
(26.0) (26.0)
3
1.17
(29.0)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

3
D7PAA
3 1.18
(30.0)
3 0.74
(19.0)
3
44 14
3 44 14 8 5
8 5
3 42 12 42 12 4 1
3 4 1
4 1 4 1
3.14 N.C. N.C.
3 0.16
(80.0) 8 5
N.O.
8 5
N.O.
(4.0) 12 9 12 9
3
COM COM
INPUT INPUT
3 3.33 14 13 14 13
2.67
(84.0)
(68.0)
3 MODULE
INPUT
MODULE
INPUT
3 1.57 IEC:
A2 A1 INPUT 14 13 INPUT
INPUT NEMA: INPUT
3
(40.0)
A2 A1 0.24
(6.0) 41 11 12 9
14 13
3 41 11
IEC NEMA
3 12 9
3
1.06
3 (26.0)
1.18
3 (30.0)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
3
D7PAB
1.18 3
(30.0) 1.10
0.74
(19.0)
(28.0) 3
44 24 14 3
44 24 14 8 6 5
3
8 6 5
42 22 12
42 22 12 4 2 1
4 2 1
3
4 2 1 4 2 1
3
N.C. N.C.
3.14 8 6 5
N.O.
8 6 5
N.O.
(80.0)
0.16
3
12 10 9 12 10 9
COM COM
(4.0)
14 13 INPUT 14 13 INPUT
3.33
2.67 3
(68.0) MODULE MODULE
(84.0)
IEC:
INPUT INPUT
3
3
NEMA:
A2 A1 14 13
1.57 INPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT
(40.0)
3
A2 A1 0.24
41 21 11 12 10 9
(6.0)
14 13
41 21 11 IEC NEMA
3
12 10 9
3
1.45
(37.0)
3
1.57
(40.0) 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

3
D7PAD
3 1.18 44 34 24 14
3
(30.0)
1.41
0.74 (36.0) 42 32 22 12
(19.0)
3 4
8
3
7
2
6
1
5
N.C.
44 34 24 14 N.O.
3 8 7 6 5
12 11 10 9
COM
3 42 32 22 12 INPUT
4 3 2 1
3 MODULE
INPUT
3 0.16
(4.0)
A2
INPUT
A1
3
3.33
(84.0) 2.67 41 31 21 11
(68.0)
IEC
3 3.14
(80.0)
3
8 7 6 5
IEC:
NEMA:
1.57 INPUT INPUT
3
4 3 2 1
(40.0) A2 A1
4 3 2 1
N.C.
14 13
3
8 7 6 5
N.O.
41 31 21 11 12 11 10 9
COM
3 12 11 10 9
INPUT
3 0.24
MODULE
1.81 INPUT
3 (46.0) (6.0)
1.96
14 13
(50.0) INPUT
3 12 11 10 9
3 NEMA
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
Contents
D8 Series Relay
Description Page
3
D1RR/D1RF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-53 3
D2RR/D2RF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-57
D3RR/D3RF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-67 3
D4 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-76
D5RR/D5RF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-80 3
D7PR/D7PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-89
D8 Series 3
3
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V7-T3-105
V7-T3-105
3
D9 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-108 3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-112
3
3
D8 Series 3
The D8 Series power relays ● Allows switching of 25 A File # E1491
are perfect for loads up to 30 and 30 A loads 3
A, with versions for flange ● A high-capacity, high- File # LR701520
mounting and e-clip mounting
available.
withstand voltage relay 3
compatible with
●
momentary voltage drops
No contact chattering for
3
momentary voltage drops
up to 50% of rated voltage 3
UL Class B construction
3
●
standard
Wide-range AC-activated
3
●
coil that handles 100 to 120

Vac at either 50
or 60 Hz 3
● Panel, DIN rail and flange
mounting 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

3
D8 Series 1
3 D8PR 6 TE A
3 Family Type Coil Voltage
3 D8PR A = 120 Vac

B = 240 Vac
R1 = 12 Vdc
3 Contact Configuration
6 = SPST-NO
T = 24 Vac
T1 = 24 Vdc
3
7 = DPST-NO
Options
3 TE = E-bracket
TF = Flange mount
3
3 Product Selection
3 D8 Relay/Socket Quick Reference
3 Relay Mounting Adapter Track/
Front Connecting
Sockets Track/
Type Bracket Panel Mount Panel Mount
3 D8PR6TE D8PA5 D8PA1 D8PA2
3 D8PR7TE D8PA5 D8PA1 D8PA2
3 D8 Series 2
D8 Series Relay
3 Type
Standard
Pack
Catalog
Number
3 SPST E-Bracket
Coil voltage
3 24 Vac 1 D8PR6TET
24 Vdc 1 D8PR6TET1
3 SPST Flange Mount
3
120 Vac 1 D8PR6TFA
24 Vdc 1 D8PR6TFT1
3 DPST E-Bracket
Coil voltage
3 120 Vac 1 D8PR7TEA
DPST Flange Mount
3 120 Vac 1 D8PR7TFA
3
24 Vdc 1 D8PR7TFT1
Sockets
3 DIN rail adapter 10 D8PA1

Screw terminal adapter 10 D8PA2
3 Bracket adapter 10 D8PA5
Accessory
3 DIN rail end stop 100 PFP-M
3 Notes
1 For deciphering catalog numbers. Do not use for ordering as not all combinations are readily available.
3
2 Additional coil voltages available—consult Sales Office or Customer Support Center.
3
3
3.4
3
Coil Resistance
Coil Voltage Ohms mA 3
24 Vac 303 71
110/120 Vac 5260 20.4
3
220/240 Vac 21,000 10.2
3
12 Vdc 75 158
24 Vdc 303 79 3
D8 Relays 3
Description D8PR6 D8PR7
Rated load 220 Vac 30 A 220 Vac 25 A 3
Carry current
Max. operating voltage
30 A
250 Vac
25 A
250 Vac
3
Max. switching current 30 A 25 A 3
Contact material AgCdO AgCdO
Max. switching capacity 6600 VA 5500 VA 3
Min. permissible load 100 mA at 5 Vdc 100 mA at 5 Vdc
Mechanical life (min.) 5,000,000 operations 5,000,000 operations
3
Electrical life at all contact ratings (min.) 100,000 operations 100,000 operations
3
Maximum hp ratings 1-1/2 hp (120 Vac) 1-1/2 hp (120 Vac)
3 hp (240/265/277 Vac) 3 hp (240/265/277 Vac)
3
Coil Data
3
Coil Voltage Must Operate Must Release Maximum Voltage
24 Vdc/Vac, 12 Vdc 75% maximum 15% minimum 110% 3
120 Vac 75 V 18 V 132 V
240 Vac 150 V 36 V 264 V 3
3
3
Dimensions 3
3
D8PR6TF
2.70 (68.5) Max. 3
2.36 (60.0)
1.99 (50.5) 1.32 (33.5)
Two 0.18 (4.5) Dia. Holes
or M4 Tapped Holes 3
Max. Max.
0.25 (6.4) 0.03
(0.8)
0.08 (2.0)
3
0.43 0 1
(11.0)
1.85 4 6
3
(47.0)
Max.
2.362 0.007 3
(60.0 0.2)
Mounting Holes
(Bottom View)
3
0.12 (3.0) 0.18
(Top View)
(4.5)
3
3
3
3

3
D8PR7TF
3 2.70 (68.5) Max.
2.36 (60.0)
3 1.99 (50.5) 1.32 (33.5)
or M4 Tapped Holes
Max. Max.
3
0.08 (2.0)
0.25 (6.4) 0.03
(0.8) 0 1
0.43
3 (11.0)
1.85 2 4 6 8
(47.0)
3 Max.
2.362 0.007
(60.0 0.2)
3 Terminal Arrangement/
Mounting Holes
(Bottom View)
0.12 0.18
(Top View)
3
(3.0) (4.5)
D8PR6TE with D8PA5 Bracket Attached

3 2.07 (52.5) Max.
3 1.99 1.32 (33.5)
or M4 Tapped Holes
(50.5) Max. Max.
3
0.08 (2.0)
0.25 (6.4) 0.03 0 1
(0.8)
0.43
3 (11.0)
2.09
4 6
(53.0)
3 Max. 1.574 0.003
(40.0 0.1)
Terminal Arrangement/ Mounting Holes
3 Internal Connections
(Top View)
(Bottom View)
3 D8PR7TE with D8PA5 Bracket Attached
3
2.07 (52.5) Max. Two 0.18 (4.5) Dia. Holes
or M4 Tapped Holes
1.99 1.32 (33.5)
3 (50.5) Max.
0.03
Max
0.08 (2.0)
0.25 (6.4)
(0.8) 0 1
3 0.43
(11.0)
2.09 2 4 6 8
3 (53.0)
Max.
1.574 0.003
(40.0 0.1)
3 Terminal Arrangement/
Mounting Holes
(Bottom View)
(Top View)
3 D8PA1
3 Two M4 or
0.18 (4.5) Dia. Holes
3 2.03
(51.5)
3 Max.
3 1.574 0.003
(40.0 0.1)
1.574 0.003
3 (40.0 0.1) 0.20
(5.0)
2.19 (55.5)
3 Max. 0.57 Mounting Holes
(14.5) (Bottom View)
1.39 (35.2)
3 Max.
3
3 Note: Minimum spacing around relay = 0.20 inches (5 mm).
3.4
3
D8PA2
Two M3.5 Screws 3
for Coil 0.31 (8.0)
Two M4 or
0.18 (4.5) Dia. Holes
3
2.03
(51.5)
3
Max.
3
3
1.574 0.003
0.36 (9.2) 0.98 (40.0 0.1)
Four M4 Screws
for Contact 1.574 0.003 (25.0) 0.20
(40.0 0.1)
1.81 (46.0)
(5.0)
Mounting Holes
3
2.19 (55.5) Max.
3
Max. (Bottom View)
3
3
3
D8PA5 PFP-M DIN Rail End Stop
3
0.94 M4 Spring Washer
Two
0.18 (4.5)
1.57
(40.0)
0.70 (24.0) M4 x 8 Pan
0.24
(6.2) 3
Dia. Holes (17.8) Head Screw 0.07
0.45
(1.8)
3
1.02 (11.5) 0.07 1.39
3
(26.0)
(1.8) (35.3)
Two M4 or 0.18 (4.5)
3
Dia. Holes 0.39 0.19 1.47
0.12 1.97 (4.8)
(10.0) (3.0) 0.05 (37.3)
1.81 (50.0) (1.3)
(46.0) 0.39 0.39
1.574 0.003 0.27 0.17

(4.4)
(10.0) (10.0)
3
(40.0 0.1) 0.94 (7.0)
3
(24.0)
Mounting
Holes
(Bottom View) 0.78
0.20 1.18 0.20
(19.7) 3
(5.0) (30.0) (5.0)
1.20 (50.0) 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Contents
3 D9 Series Relay
Description Page
3 D1RR/D1RF Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-53
D2RR/D2RF Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-57
3 D3RR/D3RF Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-67
D4 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-76
3 D5RR/D5RF Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-80
D7PR/D7PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-89
3 D8 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-103
3
D9 Series
3 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V7-T3-109
V7-T3-110
3 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-112
3
3
3 D9 Series
3 Product Description Features Catalog Number Selection
The four-pole D9 Series is ● Ideal for three-phase motor
3 ideal for three-phase motor control applications D9PR 8B A
applications. Various contact ● No contact chattering for
3 configurations are available. momentary voltage drops Family Type
D9PR
Coil Voltage
up to 50% of rated voltage A = 120 Vac
3
B = 240 Vac
● Push-to-Test button is a R1 = 12 Vdc
standard feature to check Contact Configuration T = 24 Vac
3 ●
contact operation
Mounting bracket is
8B = 4PST-NO
9B = 3PST-NO/SPST-NC
T1 = 24 Vdc
10B = DPST-NO/DPST-NC
3 supplied with relay
3 Standards and Certifications

3 File # E1491
File # LR701520
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
Product Selection
3
D9 Series
Catalog Catalog 3
Number Number
4PST-NO Power Relay DPST-NO/DPST-NC Power Relay 3
3
Coil voltage Coil voltage
24 Vac D9PR8BT 24 Vac D9PR10BT
120 Vac
240 Vac
D9PR8BA
D9PR8BB
120 Vac
24 Vac
D9PR10BA
D9PR10BT1
3
24 Vdc D9PR8BT1 3
3PST-NO/SPST-NC Power Relay
120 Vac D9PR9BA 3
3
Coil Resistance
3
Coil Voltage Ohms mA Coil Voltage Ohms mA 3
24 Vac — 75 12 Vdc 72 167
120 Vac — 21.6 24 Vdc 288 83 3
240 Vac — 10.8 110 Vdc 6050 18
3
D9PR Specifications 3
Description
NO Contacts
Resistive Load (p.f. = 1)
NC Contacts
Resistive Load (p.f. = 1) 3
Rated load 220 Vac 25 A
30 Vdc 25 A
220 Vac 8 A
30 Vdc 8 A 3
Carry current
Max. operating voltage
25 A
250 Vac/125 Vdc
8A
250 Vac/125 Vdc
3
Max. switching current 25 A 8A 3
Max. switching capacity 5500 VA 1760 VA
750 W 240 W
3
Min. permissible load 100 mA at 24 Vdc 100 mA at 24 Vdc
Mechanical life (min.) 1,000,000 operations 1,000,000 operations 3
Electrical life at all contact ratings (min.) 100,000 operations 100,000 operations
Maximum hp ratings 1-1/2 hp (120 Vac) 1-1/2 hp (120 Vac) 3
3 hp (240/265/277 Vac) 3 hp (240/265/277 Vac)
Three-phase 3 hp (240/265/277 Vac) 30,000 cycles
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Coil Data
3 Coil Voltage Must Operate Must Release Maximum Voltage
3 24 Vdc/Vac, 12 Vdc, 110 Vdc 75% maximum 10% minimum 110%

120 Vac 75 V 18 V 132 V
3 240 Vac 150 V 36 V 264 V
3
Terminal Arrangements
3
3 14 13 14 13 14 13
3 24 23 24 23 24 23
3 34 33 34 33 34 33
3 44 43 42 41 42 41
A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1
3
3
D9PR8 D9PR9 D9PR10
3 Dimensions
D9PR
3 Screw Terminal Brackets
3 1.36
Ten M3.5
(34.5)
3 Max.
0.30
3 (7.6) 0.17 Two M4 or
0.18 (4.5) Dia.
(4.3)
3 2.52
2.17 (64.0)
3 (55.2) 1.70
(43.2)
Max.
3 1.378 0.004
(35.0 0.1)
3 2.03
(51.5) 0.08
Mounting Holes
(Bottom View)
Max. (2.0)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
3
Mounting Bracket
1.37 3
(35.0) Two M4 or Mounting Holes
0.18 (4.5) Dia.
Two M4 3
0.95
(24.0)
3
1.378 0.004 3
(35.0 1.0)
3
1.18 0.35
1.10
3
(30.0) (9.0)
(28.0)
3
0.28
1.14 (7.0)
(29.0)
3
3
0.17
1.73 (4.4)
(44.0)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Contents
3 Accessories
Description Page
3 D1RR/D1RF Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-53
D2RR/D2RF Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-57
3 D3RR/D3RF Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-67
D4 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-76
3 D5RR/D5RF Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-80
D7PR/D7PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-89
3 D8 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-103
3
D9 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-108
Accessories
3 MOD Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relay Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V7-T3-113
V7-T3-114
3 Coil Bus Jumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-116
Write-On Plastic Labels/ID Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-116
3 Flange Mount Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-117
3
3 Accessories
3 Accessories Selection Guide The MOD Module System
Eaton offers a variety of Eaton’s plug-in modules are a
3 simple-to-install relay simple way to add
accessories that allow you to functionality to your relay
3 customize the features of a
relay system to meet your
without the hassle of messy
wiring and additional
3 exact needs. mounting of external
electronics. They are available
in a variety of configurations
3 to meet the needs of almost
any application.
3 Circuit Diagrams System Diagrams
3 Diode Circuit LED Circuit The MOD Module System
3
3
3 + +
A2 A1 A2 A1
3 The diode module protects The LED status lamp verifies
external drive circuitry from that power is being supplied
3 inductive voltages generated to the coil. Ideal for both AC
when removing coil voltages. and DC applications. Polarity
3 sensitive for DC applications.
RC Circuit Metal Oxide Varistor (MOV)
3 Circuit
3
3
3 A2 A1 A2 A1
Snubs back EMF of relay coil. The MOV circuit protects
3 by shunting potentially
damaging electrical spikes
3 away from the relay coil. Ideal
for AC and DC applications.
3.4
MOD Modules
3
Eaton’s relay accessories MOD Modules
provide a complete solution Module Catalog Mating 3
for add-on modules and Size Description Nominal Voltage Number Sockets
identification tags.
MOD-AD250 A Protection diode 6–250 Vdc MOD-AD250 D3PA6, D3PAL8, 3
D3PA7, D3PAL11,
D5PAL, D7PAB,
D7PAD
3
3
MOD-RC_ R/C suppressor 6–24 Vac MOD-RC24 3
110–240 Vac MOD-RC240
3
3
MOD-ALG_ LED indicator 24 Vac MOD-ALG24 3
120/240 Vac MOD-ALG240
3
3
MOD-AMV_ MOV suppressor 24 Vac MOD-AMV24 3
120 Vac MOD-AMV120
240 Vac MOD-AMV240
3
3
3
MOD-BD250 B Protection diode 6–250 Vdc MOD-BD250 D1PAA, D2PAL,
D2PAP, D2PA7,
D7PAA 3
3
MOD-BLG_ LED indicator 24 Vac MOD-BLG24
3
120/240 Vac MOD-BLG240
3
3
MOD-BMV_ MOV suppressor 24 Vac MOD-BMV24
3
120 Vac MOD-BMV120 3
240 Vac MOD-BMV240
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Relay Clips
3
Eaton offers a variety of relay Metal Hold-Down Clips
3 clips designed to improve the Catalog
performance and Number Mating Sockets Mating Relays
3 functionality within an
electrical panel.
PMC-1781 PMC-1781 D1PAA D1RR, D1RF
3 Metal Hold-Down Clips
3 Metal hold-down clips, or

spring clips, are ideal for use
where high heat or humid
3 conditions are a factor. These PQC-1782 PQC-1782 D2PAL, D2PAP, D2PA7 D2RR2, D2RF2, D2RR3, D2RF4
clips hold their shape and
3 tension and are designed
to withstand harsh
3 environments. All clips
are made of corrosion-
resistant stainless steel.
3 PQC-1342 PQC-1342 D2PA6, D7PAA, D7PA9 D2RR4, D2RF4
3
3
3 PQC-1332 PQC-1332 D3PA6, D3PA7 D3RR2, D3RF2, D3RR3, D3RF3
3
3
3 PQC-1351 PQC-1351 D3PAL8, D3PA2, D3PAL11, D3PA3, D3RR2, D3RF2, D3RR3, D3RF4, D5RR, D5RF
D5PAL, D5PA2, D5PA3L, D5PA3S
3
3
3 PQC-1783 PQC-1783 D7PAB D7PR1, D7PF1, D7PR2, D7PF3
3
3
3 PQC-1784 PQC-1784 D7PAD D7PR4, D7PF4
3
3
3
PYC- _ PYC-B2 D7PA3, D7PA4 D7PR1, D7PR2, D7PR4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.4
Plastic Ejector/
Hold-Down Clips 3
These clips are great for Plastic Ejector/Hold-Down Clips
applications where sockets
PWC-D24
Catalog 3
are located in dense or tight Number Mating Sockets Mating Relays
areas. They allow for quick,
safe and firm securing of PWC-D24 D2PAL, D2PAP, D2PA7 D2RF2, D2RF4 3
relays in the sockets with the
added benefit that the relay 3
can be ejected with one
finger. Plastic clips also aid in 3
keeping operators’ fingers
away from live circuits. The 3
optional snap-in identification
tag allows for custom
marking of sockets when
3
used in multi-socket
applications. 3
Plastic ID Clips Plastic ID Clips 3
Plastic ID clips allow for easy Catalog
circuit identification in multi- Number Mating Sockets Mating Relays 3
relay applications. They are PQC-1349 PQC-1349 D7PAA D7PF1, D7PF2
designed for labeling and
are not ideal for securing
3
the relay in the socket.
3
3
3
PMC-1783 PMC-1783 D7PAB D7PF1, D7PF2
3
3
3
PMC-1784 PMC-1784 D7PAD D7PF4

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Coil Bus Jumpers

3 Eaton’s coil bus jumpers
allow inputs to be bridged
3 to adjacent sockets without
additional wiring, making
3 multi-relay connections quick
and easy. The easy-to-install
3 design requires no tools and
can be complete in a matter
3 of seconds.
System Diagrams
3 Coil Bus Jumpers 1 Write-On Plastic Labels/ID Tags Coil Bus Jumpers
These convenient plastic
3 labels snap easily onto
Catalog
Number Mating Sockets
the relay socket for clear
3 identification in multi-relay
panels. The hinged design
D2PJ1 D2PJ1 D2PAL, D2PAP
3 makes wiring simple and

allows for angular adjustment
of the tag to improve
3 readability in the panel. D3PJ1 D3PJ1 D3PA6, D3PA7, D5PAL
Marking with a standard
3 permanent marker creates
a smudge-free surface.
3
3
3
3
3 Write-On Plastic Labels/ID Tags
Catalog
3 Number Mating Sockets
PWF-D2P PWF-D2P D2PAL, D2PAP
3
3
3
3
PWF-D3D5 PWF-D3D5 D3PAL8, D3PAL11, D5PAL
3
3
3
Note
3 1 Jumpers in photo are colored green to improve visibility,
actual jumpers are black.

3
3
3
3
3
3.4
Flange Mount Adapters
Eaton’s relay flange mount Flange Mount Adapters 3
adapters create a modular
approach to flexible
Catalog
Number Mating Relay 3
mounting options. Each low-
cost adapter allows for panel PFC-D11 PFC-D11 D1RF1, D1RR1
3
mounting of a standard
control relay and can
eliminate the need for
3
3
a socket.
Unit with Flange Mount

Adapter
PFC-D2D72 PFC-D2D72 D2P, D7PF2, D7PR2 3
3
3
3
PFC-D73 PFC-D73 D7PF3, D7PR3
3
3
3
PFC-D74 PFC-D74 D7PF4, D7PR4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
General Purpose Open Style Relays
Contents
3 9575H Series 3000 Relay
Description Page
3 9575H Series 3000—Type AA, AC and DC
3 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-119
3 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-121
3
3
3
3
3
3
3 9575H Series 3000—Type AA, AC and DC
3 Product Description Application Description Standards and Certifications
Type AA panel-mounted 9575H Series 3000 relays are ● UL listed, E1491
3 relays are rated (each pole) ideal for applications when ● CSA 41729
40 A up to 300 Vac, 50/60 Hz; controlling smaller loads, ● CE: EN60947-4-1,
3 5 A at 480/600 Vac, 50/60 Hz
and 40 A at 28 Vdc.
such as single-phase motors. EN60947-5-1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.5
Product Selection
3
When Ordering, Specify
Catalog number and magnet switch and a 120 V 50/60 Hz Coil Voltage Selection 3
coil code letter. Example: for coil, order Catalog Number
3
Coil Voltage Hz Suffix Code
DPDT relay with auxiliary 9575H3A010.
Volts AC
120 50/60 A 3
9575H Series 3000 Type AA Relays 1 240 50/60 B
Relay Catalog 480/440 60/50 C 3
Relay Style Number 2
600/550 60/50 D
Relay (DPDT) 9575H3_000
208 50/60 E
3
Relay with auxiliary switch 9575H3_010
Relay with blowout magnets 9575H3_100
277
6
50/60
50/60
H
J
3
Relay with auxiliary switch and
blowout magnets
9575H3_110
12 50/60 K 3
24 50/60 L
48 50/60 M 3
3
Volts DC
110 — P
220 — Q
3
6 — R
12 — S 3
24 — T
48 — W 3
3
3
Accessories
Enclosure 3
3
Description
Catalog
Number
3
NEMA 1 Enclosure 9575H2449
3
Notes
1 There are no “repair parts” available for these relays.
2 Underscore indicates missing code suffix for magnet coil—see Selection table above.
3
3 Only 9575H3 relays without an auxiliary switch should be mounted in the 9575H2449
enclosure.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

3
Relay Specifications Dielectric Withstanding Voltage Auxiliary Switch Specifications
3 ● Between open contacts: ● Contact combination:
Coil Contacts 1500 Vrms SPDT
3 ● Pull-in voltage: 80%
DC coils, 85% AC coils
● Contact combination:
DPDT
● All other mutually insulated ● Contact rating: Auxiliary
conductive elements: switch rated 10 amps at
3 of nominal voltage
or less at 25ºC
● Contact rating each pole
(main contacts): Each pole
2200 Vrms 125 or 250 Vac, resistive
load; 1/4 hp at 125 or 250
3 Dropout voltage: 10% rated 40 amps up to 300 Vac, motor load; 0.4 amps
●
Miscellaneous
of nominal voltage Vac, 50/60 Hz, 5 amps at ● Coil terminals: 6–32 at 125 Vdc or 0.20 amps at
or more at 25ºC 480/600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc, resistive load; 3
3 ● Coil resistance: ±10% 0.75 PF load. 1-1/2 hp ●
screws
Contact terminals: 8-–32
amps at 125 Vac lamp load.
measured at 25ºC motor load (each pole) at All AC ratings are 50/60 Hz
3 ● Max. DC coil dissipation 120–600 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
●
screws
Main base material:
● Dielectric withstanding
capability: 4 watts DC 2 hp motor load at voltage: 500 Vac rms
3 continuous at 25ºC 200–600 Vac, 50/60 Hz
only when using both
Molded phenolic, UL
recognized (QMFZ2)
between open contacts,
1500 Vac rms between all
Weight (DPDT Relay):
3 poles to switch both sides ●
other mutually insulated
of load, 40 amps at 28 Vdc 11 oz (311 grams) conductive elements
resistive load each pole. approximately
3 Terminals: 4–40 round
●
NEMA A 600 pilot duty ● Weight (DPDT Relay with head screws for auxiliary
50/60 Hz auxiliary switch) 14.5 oz contacts standard
3 ● Additional contact ratings (411 grams) approximately
for relays with blowout
3 magnets: 10 A at 110 Vdc
resistive, 4 A at 225 Vdc
3 resistive, 2 A at 325 Vdc
resistive. For inductive
loads, contacts must be
3 derated accordingly.
● Contact material: Silver
3 cadmium oxide, gold
flashed. 5/16 in
3 (7.9 mm) diameter standard
3 Average Operating Times (Milliseconds)
3
Operation DPDT Relay DPDT Relay with Auxiliary Switch
Pickup 40 50
3 Dropout 35 35
3
Temperature Ranges
3 Temperature AC DC
Operating range –30 °C to +55 °C –30 °C to +55 °C
3 Non-operating range –30 °C to +100 °C –30 °C to +100 °C
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.5
Dimensions
9575H3 DPDT Relay 9575H2449 3
Mounting Holes 0.187 (4.75) Dia. (2 Places) 3.31
(84.2) 3
1.88
8-32 Machine Screw on
Contact Terminals (6 Places)
(47.6) 3
0.218 0.230 (5.8)
0.56
(4.3)
(5.5)
Dia.
Square Hole
3
2.25
(58.7)
Max. 3
3.55
(90.1)
0.159 (4) Dia. 3
10-32 Tap
3
1.62 Typ. 4 Places
1.87 (47.5) 0.38 (41.1)
(9.5) 4.50
2.50 (63.5) 3.12 (79.2) Max. (114.3)
6-32
Machine Screw 5.63
3
on Coil (142.9) 0.136 (3.4) Dia.
Terminals
(2 Places)
0.50
(2.7)
8-32 Tap
Typ. 2 Places 3
3
3
2.00 3.00
9575H3 DPDT Relay with Auxiliary SPDT Switch (50.8) (76.2)
0.218 (5.5) Dia. 0.36 (9.1)
Mounting Holes 0.187 (4.75) Dia. (2 Places)
Typ. 2 Places Typ. 2 Places
3
8-32 Machine Screw on
Contact Terminals (6 Places)
3
3
2.25
(58.7)
Max.
0.20
(5.1)
3
3
1.87 (47.5) 0.38
1.62
(41.1) 3
(9.5)
3
2.50 (63.5) 3.12 (79.2) Max.
6-32
Machine Screw
on Coil
Terminals 3
(2 Places)
3
NC
3
10A 1/4 hp 125 OR 250 Vac
0.4A at 125 Vdc, 0.2A at 250 Vdc
3A 125 Vac “LAMP”
278 VA 125/250 Vac P.D.
NO COM
Mounting Holes (2) 3

AUX. SWITCH
3
MARKING SURFACE
Insulators
(2 Sides)
3
3
3
Screw Terminals
(4-40) RHMS
with External
4.44 (112.7) Max. Tooth Lockwashers
(3 Places) 3
RELAY TOP VIEW
3
3
Solid-State Relays
Contents
3 Solid-State Relays
Description Page
3 Solid-State Relays
D93 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-123
3 D96 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-130
D99 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-135
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3 Product Overview
3 Catalog Number Selection
3 Solid-State Relays—D93, D96 and D99 Series
3
D93 3 25 A M D 2
3
3 Description
D93 = Hockey puck
Input Voltage
1 = 90–280 Vac
3
D96 = Compact 2 = 3–32 Vdc
D99 = DIN rail 3 = 3.5–32 Vdc
4 = 4–15 Vdc
3 5 = 20–50 Vdc
Output Voltage
3 1 = 2–60 Vdc
2 = 24–280 Vac 1 Turn On Type
3 = 3–200 Vdc Z = Zero cross
3 4 = 48–480 Vac
6 = 48–600 Vac
R = Random
D = DC switch
3
Current Output Type
3 Output current in amps C = SCR
T = Triac
3 M = MOSFET
3 A = SPST-NO
B = SPST-NC
C = DPST-NO
3 D = DPST-NC
3
Note
3 1 For D96208ACZ3, output voltage is 3–150 Vdc.
3
3
3
Solid-State Relays
3.6
Contents
D93 Series—Solid-State Relays
Description Page
3
D93 Series 3
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-124
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-124 3
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-129 3
D96 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-130
D99 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-135 3
3
3
3
3
3
D93 Series 3
Product Description Application Description Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications 3
Eaton’s D93 series of solid- A solid-state relay (SSR) can ● All solid-state circuitry with ● UL/cUL recognized—
state relays is a line of heavy- perform many applications no moving parts to wear UL 508 3
duty industrial relays in the that an electromechanical ● Compact, panel mounting ● CSA certified
common “hockey puck”
package. The removable,
relay can perform. The SSR
differs in that it has no
for flexible installation ● CE marked 3
● Isolated input and output ● RoHS compliant
finger-safe cover and optional
accessories make the D93
moving mechanical parts
within it and has some
terminals to protect the
system from electrical
3
safe and easy to install in a distinct advantages over an
variety of applications. electromechanical relay.
●
noise
Internal snubber circuitry
3
Models are available in a
variety of input voltages and
When used correctly in the
intended application, the SSR
to protect the SSR from
transients 3
switch types up to 75 A. provides a high degree of
reliability, a long service life, 3
significantly reduced
electromagnetic interference, 3
fast response and high
vibration resistance.
3
Applications for the SSR
typically include equipment 3
that requires high cycling
rates, low acoustical or
electrical noise, or high
3
vibration resistance. Some
examples are medical 3
equipment, heating/cooling
equipment, lighting control 3
and pumps/compressors,
among others. 3
3
3
3
3
3
Solid-State Relays
Product Selection
3
3 D93210ACZ1 D93 Series
Contact Rated Current
3
Input Voltage Output Voltage Configuration Switching Type Load (Amps) Catalog Number
90–280 Vac 24–280 Vac SPST-NO Zero cross 10 D93210ACZ1
3 3–32 Vdc 24–280 Vac SPST-NO Zero cross 10 D93210ACZ2

3–32 Vdc 24–280 Vac SPST-NO Triac 10 D93210ATZ2
3 90–280 Vac 24–280 Vac SPST-NO Zero cross 25 D93225ACZ1
3–32 Vdc 24–280 Vac SPST-NO Zero cross 25 D93225ACZ2
3 3–32 Vdc 24–280 Vac SPST-NO Triac 25 D93225ATZ2
3 90–280 Vac
3–32 Vdc
24–280 Vac
24–280 Vac
SPST-NO
SPST-NO
Zero cross
Zero cross
40
40
D93240ACZ1
D93240ACZ2
3 3–32 Vdc 24–280 Vac SPST-NO Triac 40 D93240ATZ2

3 3–32 Vdc 3–200 Vdc SPST-NO MOSFET 12 D93312AMD2

3–32 Vdc 3–200 Vdc SPST-NO MOSFET 25 D93325AMD2
3 3–32 Vdc 3–200 Vdc SPST-NO MOSFET 40 D93340AMD2
3
Accessories
3
D93HS1 D93 Series—Heat Sink D93TP1 D93 Series—Thermal
3 Eaton’s D93HS1 heat sink is Transfer Pad
specifically designed to be The D93TP1 is a self-
3 used with D93 solid-state
relays. It is pre-drilled and
adhesive transfer pad
designed for use with
3 tapped, and matches the heat
dissipation requirements for
Eaton’s D93 solid-state
relays. When used properly,
relays up to 50 A. it will adequately conduct the
3 heat to a heat sink without
Heat Sink Accessory the use of grease.
3 Description
Catalog
Number
3 Heat sink D93HS1
3
Note: Always ensure that all
details of the application are
considered when determining
3 heat dissipation requirements,
including ambient temperature.
3
The D93 relays must be firmly
mounted to the heat sink using a
suitable thermally conductive
3 grease or thermal transfer pad.
3
3
3
3
3
3
Solid-State Relays
3.6
3
D93 Series 3
Description
Output Characteristics
Units D93210ACZ1 D93210ACZ2 D93210ATZ2 D93225ACZ1 D93225ACZ2 D93225ATZ2
3
Contact configuration SPST-NO SPST-NO SPST-NO SPST-NO SPST-NO SPST-NO 3
Switching device SCR SCR Triac SCR SCR Triac
Current rating A 10 10 10 25 25 25 3
3
Switching type Zero cross Zero cross Zero cross Zero cross Zero cross Zero cross
Maximum rate of rise off state voltage (DV/DT) V/us 200 250 700 500 500 250
Incandescent lamp ampere rating (rms) A 8 16 16 16 16 16
3
Motor load rating (rms) A 4.5 8 8 8 8 8
Min. load current to maintain on mA 50 120 250 120 120 120 3
Non-repetitive surge current (1 cycle) A 83 250 1000 250 250 250
Max. rms overload current (1 second) A 24 80 50 40 40 80 3
Max. off state leakage current (rms)
Peak blocking voltage
mA
Vpk
8
600
10
300
10
—
8
600
10
600
10
—
3
Typical on state voltage drop (rms) Vac 1.6 1.6 1.35 1.6 1.6 1.6 3
Max. on state voltage drop (rms) Vac 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
Max. I2t for fusing (A2) 72 300 1700 312 250 300 3
Input Characteristics
Must release voltage V 10 AC 1 DC 10 AC 10 AC 1 DC 1 DC
3
Typical input impedance
Nominal input current at 5 Vdc or 240 Vac
ohms
mA
13k
20
Current regulator
2
16–25k
12
13k
20
Current regulator
16
1.5k
2
3
Reverse polarity protection NA Yes NA NA Yes Yes 3
Performance Characteristics
Operating time (response time) 3
3
ON ms 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3
OFF ms 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3
Rated insulation voltage—input to input Vac 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
3
Dielectric strength—terminal to chassis Vac 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
Environment 3
Product certifications UR, CSA, CE UR, CSA, CE UR, CSA, CE UR, CSA, CE UR, CSA, CE UR, CSA, CE
Ambient air temperature 3
Storage
Operating
°C
°C
–40 to 100
–40 to 80
–40 to 100
–40 to 80
–40 to 100
–40 to 80
–40 to 100
–40 to 80
–40 to 100
–40 to 80
–40 to 100
–40 to 80
3
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 3
Miscellaneous Characteristics
Thermal resistance (junction to case) °C/W 3.5 3.5 1.45 1.02 1.02 1.45 3
Weight g (oz) 100 (3.5) 100 (3.5) 100 (3.5) 100 (3.5) 100 (3.5) 100 (3.5)
LED—input Green Green Green Green Green Green 3
Input terminals
Output terminals
M3.5
M4
M3.5
M4
M3.5
M4
M3.5
M4
M3.5
M4
M3.5
M4
3
Terminal torque (max.) Nm 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 3
3
3
3
3
Solid-State Relays
D93 Series, continued

3 Description Units D93240ACZ1 D93240ACZ2 D93240ATZ2 D93250ACZ1 D93250ACZ2
3 Output Characteristics
Contact configuration SPST-NO SPST-NO SPST-NO SPST-NO SPST-NO
3 Switching device SCR SCR Triac SCR SCR
Current rating A 40 40 40 50 50
3 Switching type Zero cross Zero cross Zero cross Zero cross Zero cross
3 Maximum rate of rise off state voltage (DV/DT)

Incandescent lamp ampere rating (rms)
V/us
A
500
30
500
30
250
20
500
39
500
39
3 Motor load rating (rms) A 14 14 14 14 14

Min. load current to maintain on mA 250 250 50 250 250
3 Non-repetitive surge current (1 cycle) A 625 625 250 520 520
3
Max. rms overload current (1 second) A 80 80 80 100 100
Max. off state leakage current (rms) mA 10 10 10 10 8
3 Peak blocking voltage Vpk 600 600 600 600 600

Typical on state voltage drop (rms) Vac 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.1 1.8
3 Max. on state voltage drop (rms) Vac 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.8 1.8
Max. I2t for fusing (A2) 1250 1250 438 1250 1250
3 Input Characteristics
3
Must release voltage V 10 AC 1 DC 1 DC 10 AC 1 DC
Typical input impedance ohms 13k ACL 1.5k 13k Current regulator
3 Nominal input current at 5 Vdc or 240 Vac mA 20 16 2 20 16

Reverse polarity protection N/A Yes Yes NA Yes
3 Performance Characteristics
Operating time (response time)
3 ON ms 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3
3 OFF
Rated insulation voltage—input to input
ms
Vac
8.3
4000
8.3
4000
8.3
4000
8.3
4000
8.3
4000
3 Dielectric strength—terminal to chassis Vac 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000

Environment
3 Product certifications UR, CSA, CE UR, CSA, CE UR, CSA, CE UR, CSA, CE UR, CSA, CE
Ambient air temperature
3 Storage °C –40 to 100 –40 to 100 –40 to 100 –40 to 100 –40 to 100
3 Operating °C –40 to 80 –40 to 80 –40 to 80 –40 to 80 –40 to 80

3 Miscellaneous Characteristics
Thermal resistance (junction to case) °C/W 0.9 0.9 0.95 0.63 0.63
3 Weight g (oz) 100 100 100 135 (4.8) 135 (4.8)
3
LED—input Green Green Green Green Green
Input terminals M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5
3 Output terminals M6 M6 M6 M6 M6
Terminal torque (max.) Nm 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
3
3
3
3
3
3
Solid-State Relays
3.6
Description Units D93275ACZ1 D93275ACZ2 D93312AMD2 D93325AMD2 D93340AMD2
3
3
Contact configuration SPST-NO SPST-NO SPST-NO SPST-NO SPST-NO
Switching device SCR SCR MOSFET MOSFET MOSFET 3
Current rating A 75 75 12 25 40
Switching type Zero cross Zero cross DC switching DC switching DC switching 3
Maximum rate of rise off state voltage (DV/DT)
Incandescent lamp ampere rating (rms)
V/us
A
500
39
500
39
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
3
Motor load rating (rms) A 25 25 NA NA NA 3
Min. load current to maintain on mA 250 250 20 20 20
Max. rms overload current (1 second) A 150 150 NA NA NA
Max. off state leakage current (rms) mA 10 10 8 8 8
3
Peak blocking voltage Vpk 600 600 — — —
3
Typical on state voltage drop (rms) Vac 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.6 1.6
Max. on state voltage drop (rms) Vac 1.8 1.8 2.83 2.83 2.83 3
Max. I2t for fusing (A2) 5000 5000 NA NA NA
Input Characteristics 3
3
Must release voltage V 10 AC 1 DC 1 DC 1 DC 1 DC
Typical input impedance ohms 13k Current regulator 1k 1k 1k
Nominal input current at 5 Vdc or 240 Vac mA 20 16 10 10 10
3
Reverse polarity protection NA Yes No No No
Performance Characteristics 3
ON ms 8.3 8.3 300 μs 600 μs 600 μs 3
OFF
ms
Vac
8.3
4000
8.3
4000
1
4000
2.6
4000
2.6
4000
3
Environment
Product certifications UR, CSA, CE UR, CSA, CE UR, CSA, CE UR, CSA, CE UR, CSA, CE 3
Storage °C –40 to 100 –40 to 100 –40 to 100 –40 to 100 –40 to 100
3
Operating °C –40 to 80 –40 to 80 –40 to 80 –40 to 80 –40 to 80
3
Miscellaneous Characteristics 3
Thermal resistance (junction to case) °C/W 0.6 0.63 1.06 1.06 0.63
Weight g (oz) 200 135 (4.8) 110 (3.9) 110 (3.9) 135 (4.8) 3
3
LED—input Green Green Green Green Green
Input terminals M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5
Output terminals M6 M6 M4 M4 M6
3
Terminal torque (max.) Nm 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
3
3
3
3
3
3
Solid-State Relays
Temperature Derating Curves

3 10 Amp Styles 40 and 50 Amp Styles
3 16 90
Mounted on heat sink with
3 14 6" x 6" x 1/8" aluminum plate 80
1°C/W thermal resistance
Load Current (amps rms)

12
70
3 Heat sink 50
0.14°C/W (50A)
10 with 1°C/W
3 8
thermal
resistance
40 5" x 6" x 1/8"
aluminum plate
3 6 30
20
3 4
Free air mounting
10
2
3 0
0
20° 40° 60° 80° 100°
20° 40° 60° 80° 100°
3 Max. Ambient Temperature (°C)
Max. Ambient Temperature (°C)
3
3 25 Amp Styles 75 Amp Styles
40 75
3 35
Mounted on heat sink with 90
1°C/W thermal resistance
3
Max. Allowable Temperature

(sink to ambient)
60
30
95
5" x 6" x 1/8"
3 25 aluminum plate
45 100
3 20
40
0.14°C/W
15 105
3 5" x 6" x 1/8"
aluminum
30
10 plate 20 110
3
1.5°C/W
5 10
3
0
0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80°
20° 40° 60° 80° 100°
Max. Ambient Temperature (°C)
3 Max. Ambient Temperature (°C)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Solid-State Relays
3.6
Dimensions
D93 Series 3
2.28
(57.9)
0.66
(16.8)
Screw Terminals
3
0.18
(4.4) 3
0.6
(15.1)
1.74 3
(44.1)
3
3
1.87
1.4
(35.9)
(47.5) 3
3
2.28 3
(57.9)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Solid-State Relays
Contents
3 D96 Series—Solid-State Relays
Description Page
3 D93 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-123
D96 Series
3 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-131
3 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-134
D99 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-135
3
3
3
3
3
3
3 D96 Series
3 Product Description Application Description Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications
Eaton’s D96 series of A solid-state relay (SSR) can ● All solid-state circuitry has ● UL/cUL listed—UL 508
3 solid-state relays is a perform many applications no moving parts to wear ● CSA certified
technologically advanced set that an electromechanical ● Integral heat sink ● CE marked
3 of electronic relays for tough
applications and harsh
eliminates the need for ● RoHS compliant
added accessories and
3 environments. The compact
17.5 mm wide package
within it and has some ●
installation
Flexible mounting allows
with an integrated heat sink distinct advantages over an
3 provides easy mounting electromechanical relay.
DIN rail or panel mounting
without additional
in tight spaces. hardware or tools
3 When used correctly in the
intended application, the SSR ● Isolated input and output
provides a high degree of terminals protect the
3 reliability, a long service life, system from electrical
significantly reduced noise
3 electromagnetic interference, ● Internal snubber circuitry
fast response and high protects the SSR from
3 vibration resistance. transients
3 typically include equipment
3 rates, low acoustical or
3 vibration resistance. Some
examples are medical
3 equipment, lighting control
3 among others.
3
3
3
3
3
Solid-State Relays
3.6
Product Selection
3
D96 Series
D96115ACZ3
3
3.5–32 Vdc 3–50 Vdc SPST-NO DC switch 15 D96115ACZ3
3
3.5–32 Vdc 3–150 Vdc SPST-NO DC switch 8 D96208ACZ3
3
90–280 Vac 24–280 Vac SPST-NO Random 10 D96210ACR1
3–32 Vdc 24–280 Vac SPST-NO Random 10 D96210ACR2 3
3–32 Vdc 24–280 Vac SPST-NO Zero cross 10 D96210ACZ2 3
3–32 Vdc
90–280 Vac
24–280 Vac
48–480 Vac
SPST-NC
SPST-NO
Random
Random
10
10
D96210BCR2
D96410ACR1
3
3–32 Vdc 48–480 Vac SPST-NO Random 10 D96410ACR2 3
3–32 Vdc 48–480 Vac SPST-NO Zero cross 10 D96410ACZ2 3
90–280 Vac 48–600 Vac SPST-NO Random 10 D96610ACR1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Solid-State Relays

3
3 D96 Series
3 Description Units D96210ACZ1 D96210ACZ2 D96210ACR1 D96210ACR2 D96115ACZ3 D96208ACZ3 D96210BCR2

3 Contact configuration SPST-NO SPST-NO SPST-NO SPST-NO SPST-NO SPST-NO SPST-NC

Switching device SCR SCR SCR SCR MOSFET MOSFET SCR
3 Current rating A 10 10 10 10 15 8 10
3
Switching type Zero cross Zero cross Random turn on Random turn on DC switching DC switching Random turn on
Maximum zero turn-on voltage (Vpk) V 35 35 35 35 NA NA 35
3 Maximum rate of rise off state voltage (DV/DT) V/us 500 500 500 500 NA NA 500
Incandescent lamp ampere rating (rms) A 8 8 8 8 NA NA 8
3 Motor load rating (rms) A 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 NA NA 4.5
Min. load current to maintain on mA 50 50 50 50 20 20 50
3 Non-repetitive surge current (1 cycle) A 500 500 500 500 50 35 500
3 Max. rms overload current (1 second)

A
mA
24
10
24
10
24
10
24
10
24
10
17
10
24
10
3 Typical on state voltage drop (rms) V 1.25 AC 1.25 AC 1.25 AC 1.25 AC 1.25 DC 1.25 DC 1.25 AC
Max. on state voltage drop (rms) V 1.6 AC 1.6 AC 1.6 AC 1.6 AC 1.6 DC 1.6 DC 1.6 AC
3 Max. I2t for fusing (A2) 1250 1250 1250 1250 NA NA 1250
3 Must release voltage V 10 AC 1 DC 10 AC 1 DC 1 DC 1 DC 1 DC
3 Typical input impedance ohms 16–25k Current regulator 16–25k ACL Current regulator Current regulator ACL
Nominal input current at 5 Vdc or 240 Vac mA 12 16 12 16 12 12 12
3 Reverse polarity protection NA Yes NA Yes Yes Yes Yes

3 Operating time (response time)
3
ON ms 40 8.3 8.3 8.3 5 5 8.3
OFF ms 80 8.3 8.3 8.3 5 5 8.3
3 Rated insulation voltage—input to input Vac 2500 2500 4000 4000 2500 2500 4000
Dielectric strength—terminal to chassis Vac 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500
3 Environment
Product certifications UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE
3 Ambient air temperature
3 Storage
Operating
°C
°C
–40 to 100
–30 to 80
–40 to 100
–30 to 80
–40 to 100
–30 to 80
–40 to 100
–30 to 80
–40 to 100
–30 to 80
–40 to 100
–30 to 80
–40 to 100
–30 to 80
3 Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20

3 Thermal resistance (junction to case) °C/W 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66
Integral heat sink °C/W 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
3 Weight g (oz) 127 (4.1) 127 (4.1) 127 (4.1) 127 (4.1) 127 (4.1) 127 (4.1) 127 (4.1)
3 LED—input Green Green Green Green Green Green Green

Terminal wire capacity AWG (mm2) 14 (2.1) 14 (2.1) 14 (2.1) 14 (2.1) 14 (2.1) 14 (2.1) 14 (2.1)
3 Terminal torque (max.) in-lb (Nm) 7.1 (0.8) 7.1 (0.8) 7.1 (0.8) 7.1 (0.8) 7.1 (0.8) 7.1 (0.8) 7.1 (0.8)
3
3
3
3
Solid-State Relays
3.6
8 Amp Style 15 Amp Style
3
35 24 3
30 18 3
Current (amps DC)

25 15
3
3
20 12
15 9
3
10 6
8
5 3
3
1.5
0 0
3
85°
3
0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90° 0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°
Max. Ambient Temperature (°C) Ambient Temperature (°C)
3
10 Amp Style 3
14 3
12
3
3
10
8
3
6
4
3
1.8 2
3
0 3
0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°
Max. Ambient Temperature (°C) 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Solid-State Relays
Dimensions
3 D96 Series
3 0.69
(17.6)
0.20
(5.0)
3
0.20
(5.0)
3
0.07
(1.7)
3 0.56
(14.2) 3.54
(90.0)
3
1.78 3.64
1.40
3 2.63
(45.3) (35.6)
(92.4)
3
(66.8)
1.39
3 (35.2)
3 0.63 0.56
0.27 (16.0) 0.13
3
(14.3)
(6.9) (3.4)
1.36
(34.6)
3 2.56 Max.
(65.0)
3
0.24
3 (6.0)
0.62
(15.8)
3 0.55
(14.9)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Solid-State Relays
3.6
Contents
D99 Series—Solid-State Relays
Description Page
3
D93 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-123 3
D96 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-130
D99 Series 3
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-136
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-140
3
3
3
3
3
3
D99 Series 3
Product Description Application Description Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications 3
Eaton’s D99 series of solid- A solid-state relay (SSR) can ● All solid-state circuitry has ● UL/cUL listed—UL 508
state relays is a line of perform many applications no moving parts to wear ● CSA certified 3
heavy-duty industrial relays that an electromechanical ● Integral heat sink ● CE marked
with an integrated heat sink.
The attached metal hardware
eliminates the need for ● RoHS compliant 3
added accessories and
can be used for DIN rail or
panel mounting.
within it and has some ●
installation
Flexible mounting allows
3
distinct advantages over an
Models are available in a
variety of input voltages in
electromechanical relay.
DIN rail or panel mounting
without additional 3
hardware or tools
10 A, 25 A and 40 A sizes. When used correctly in the
intended application, the SSR ● Isolated input and output 3
provides a high degree of terminals protect the
reliability, a long service life, system from electrical 3
significantly reduced noise
electromagnetic interference, ● Internal snubber circuitry 3
fast response and high protects the SSR from
vibration resistance. transients 3
typically include equipment 3
rates, low acoustical or
3
vibration resistance. Some
examples are medical 3
equipment, lighting control 3
among others. 3
3
3
3
3
3
Solid-State Relays
Product Selection
3
3 D99210ACZ1 D99 Series
3

3 90–280 Vac
3–32 Vdc
48–600 Vac
48–600 Vac
SPST-NO
SPST-NO
Zero cross
Zero cross
10
10
D99610ACZ1
D99610ACZ2

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Solid-State Relays
3.6
3
D99 Series 3
Description
Units D99210ACZ1 D99210ACZ2 D99225ACZ1 D99225ACZ2 D99240ACZ1 D99240ACZ2
3
Contact configuration SPST-NO SPST-NO SPST-NO SPST-NO SPST-NO SPST-NO 3
Switching device SCR SCR SCR SCR SCR SCR
Current rating A 10 10 25 25 40 40 3
3
Switching type Zero cross Zero cross Zero cross Zero cross Zero cross Zero cross
Maximum zero turn-on voltage (Vpk) V 35 35 35 35 35 35
Maximum rate of rise off state voltage (DV/DT) V/us 500 200 500 500 500 500
3
Incandescent lamp ampere rating (rms) A 8 8 16 16 20 20
Motor load rating (rms) A 4.5 4.5 8 8 14 14 3
Min. load current to maintain on mA 50 50 120 120 250 250
Non-repetitive surge current (1 cycle) A 83 83 800 800 800 800 3
Max. rms overload current (1 second)
A
mA
24
10
24
10
40
10
40
10
100
10
100
10
3
Typical on state voltage drop (rms) Vac 1.25 1.25 1.35 1.35 1.6 1.6 3
Max. on state voltage drop (rms) Vac 1.6 1.6 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.6
Max. I2t for fusing (A2) 83 83 3700 3700 3700 83 3
Must release voltage V 10 AC 1 DC 10 AC 1 DC 10 AC 1 DC
3
Typical input impedance
Nominal input current at 5 Vdc or 240 Vac
ohms
mA
16–25k
12
Current regulator
12
16–25k
12
Current regulator
12
13k
16
Current regulator
16
3
Reverse polarity protection NA Yes NA Yes NA Yes 3
Operating time (response time) 3
3
ON ms 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 10
OFF ms 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 10
Rated insulation voltage—input to input Vac 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
3
Environment 3
Product certifications UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE
Ambient air temperature 3
Storage
Operating
°C
°C
–40 to 100
–30 to 80
–40 to 100
–30 to 80
–40 to 100
–30 to 80
–40 to 100
–30 to 80
–40 to 100
–30 to 80
–40 to 100
–30 to 80
3
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 3
Thermal resistance (junction to case) °C/W 1.5 1.5 1.5 0.43 1.5 0.43 3
Integral heat sink °C/W 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
Weight g (oz) 320 (11.3) 320 (11.3) 320 (11.3) 326 (11.5) 320 (11.3) 332 (11.7) 3
LED—input
Terminal wire capacity
Green
AWG (mm2) 8 (10)
Green
8 (10)
Green
8 (10)
Green
8 (10)
Green
8 (10)
Green
8 (10)
3
Terminal torque (max.) in-lb (Nm) 12.5 (1.4) 12.5 (1.4) 12.5 (1.4) 12.5 (1.4) 12.5 (1.4) 12.5 (1.4) 3
3
3
3
3
Solid-State Relays

3 Description Units D99610ACZ1 D99610ACZ2 D99625ACZ1 D99625ACZ2 D99640ACZ1 D99640ACZ2
3 Output Characteristics
Contact configuration SPST-NO SPST-NO SPST-NO SPST-NO SPST-NO SPST-NO
3 Switching device SCR SCR SCR SCR SCR SCR
Current rating A 10 10 25 10 40 40
3 Switching type Zero cross Zero cross Zero cross Zero cross Zero cross Zero cross
3 Maximum zero turn-on voltage (Vpk)

Maximum rate of rise off state voltage (DV/DT)
V
V/us
35
200
35
200
35
700
35
700
35
500
35
500
3 Incandescent lamp ampere rating (rms) A 8 8 16 16 20 20

Motor load rating (rms) A 4.5 4.5 8 8 14 14
3 Min. load current to maintain on mA 80 80 250 250 250 250
3
Max. rms overload current (1 second) A 24 24 50 50 100 100
3 Max. off state leakage current (rms) mA 10 10 10 10 10 10

Typical on state voltage drop (rms) Vac 1.25 1.25 1.35 1.35 1.6 1.6
3 Max. on state voltage drop (rms) Vac 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
Max. I2t for fusing (A2) 83 83 1700 1700 3700 3700
3 Input Characteristics
3
Must release voltage V 10 AC 1 DC 10 AC 1 DC 10 AC 1 DC
Typical input impedance ohms 16–25k Current regulator 16–25k Current regulator 13k Current regulator
3 Nominal input current at 5 Vdc or 240 Vac mA 12 16 12 16 16 16

Reverse polarity protection NA Yes NA Yes NA Yes
3 Performance Characteristics
3 ON ms 8.33 8.3 8.33 8.3 10 10
3 OFF
ms
Vac
8.33
4000
8.3
4000
8.33
4000
8.3
4000
10
4000
10
4000
3 Dielectric strength—terminal to chassis Vac 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
Environment
3 Product certifications UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE
3 Storage °C –40 to 100 –40 to 100 –40 to 100 –40 to 100 –40 to 100 –40 to 100
3 Operating °C –30 to 80 –30 to 80 –30 to 80 –30 to 80 –30 to 80 –30 to 80

Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
3 Miscellaneous Characteristics
Thermal resistance (junction to case) °C/W 1.8 1.8 0.43 0.43 0.43 0.43
3 Integral heat sink °C/W 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
3
Weight g (oz) 320 (11.3) 321 (11.3) 326 (11.5) 326 (11.5) 332 (11.7) 332 (11.7)
LED—input Green Green Green Green Green Green
3 Terminal wire capacity AWG (mm2) 8 (10) 9 (10) 8 (10) 8 (10) 8 (10) 8 (10)
Terminal torque (max.) in-lb (Nm) 12.5 (1.4) 12.5 (1.4) 12.5 (1.4) 12.5 (1.4) 12.5 (1.4) 12.5 (1.4)
3
3
3
3
3
3
Solid-State Relays
3.6
10 Amp Styles 40 Amp Styles
3
12 40 3
10 30 3
3
Current in amps
Current in amps
8 25
3
6 20
4 15
3
2 10
3
0 0
0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90° 0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°
3
Ambient Temperature (°C) Ambient Temperature (°C)
3
3
25 Amp Styles
3
25 3
3
Current in amps
20
15
3
10
3
5
3
0
0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90° 3
Ambient Temperature (°C)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Solid-State Relays
Dimensions
3 D99 Series
1
–
Output
Input
3
+
2
3
3.20 1.20
3 (80.0) (30.0)
3
1.20
3 (30.0)
3
3
0.05
(1.20)
4.20
(107.0)
3
3
3
3 3.10
(77.5)
3
0.20 (5.0) 0.20 (5.0)
Radius Radius
3
0.50 (11.9)
3
3 3.70
(92.9)
3 4.00
(102.0)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Machine Tool Relays
3.7
Contents
Machine Tool Relays
Description Page
3
Machine Tool Relays 3
D15 Series—Freedom 600 V Multipole . . . . . . V7-T3-142
BF/BFD Series—Fixed Contact 3
Industrial Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-147
AR/ARD Series—Convertible Contact 3
Industrial Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-153
D26 Series—Type M, 600 Vac Multipole 3
with Convertible Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-158
D26 Series—Type M, DC Multipole 3
with Convertible Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-163
3
3
3
3
Product Overview 3
Eaton’s machine tool relay
offering includes a variety of
3
NEMA type relays. Included
in this are open style relays 3
and relays with convertible
or side-mount contacts. Also 3
included in this family are a
variety of accessories to
match the application,
3
including suppressors, timing
contacts and enclosures. The 3
relay coils are available in a
variety of line and control 3
level voltages.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Machine Tool Relays
Contents
3 D15 Series—Freedom 600 V Multipole
Description Page
3 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-144
3 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-146
BF/BFD Series—Fixed Contact
3 Industrial Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-147
AR/ARD Series—Convertible Contact
D26 Series—Type M, 600 Vac Multipole
3 with Convertible Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-158
D26 Series—Type M, DC Multipole
3 with Convertible Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-163
3
3
3 Product Description Application Description Features and Benefits
Contact poles on the D15 Side-mounted contact ● 600 V, 10 A continuous ● Contact pole terminals
3 relay are of the fixed design blocks can be used to thermal current have captive, backed-out,
and are not convertible. The provide additional poles ● State indicator visually self-lifting pressure plates
3 basic four-pole relay will
accept a front-mounted
in applications where a
pneumatic timer is installed
shows relay ON or OFF with ± screws—reduced
wiring time
status
3 contact pole deck and/or side-
mounted contact blocks (one
on the front of the relay.
They can also be used where
● Relay base has mounting
holes on 35 x 60 mm
● All terminals are shrouded
or “finger-proofed” to
per side). In addition, a side- panel depth is restricted. reduce possibility of
3 mounted solid-state timer or
The maximum number of
centers, permitting direct
replacement of electrical shock
a front-mounted pneumatic competitive relays
3 timer can be added to the
relay. Only one front-
contacts recommended per
relay is eight, six of which can ● Relay also mounts on
be NC. When a pneumatic 35 mm DIN rail as standard Standards and Certifications
3 mounted attachment can be
added to the basic relay. timer is used, the maximum ● Magnet coil has three ● UL
recommended number of terminals, permitting either CSA certified
3
●
NC contacts is three. top or diagonal wiring—
Relays with DC coils are easy to replace European
3 supplied with a coil clearing or U.S. relays without
NC contact mounted on the changing wiring layout
3 side of the relay.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Machine Tool Relays
3.7
Product Selection
3
Catalog number and magnet coil code letter. Example: For a four-pole relay having 3
4NO contacts with a 120 V 60 Hz coil, order Catalog Number D15CR40AB.
Factory-Assembled Multipole Relays 3
3
Number of Type of Contacts Open Type
Poles NO NC Catalog Number 1
D15CR40_B 4 4 0 D15CR40_B
3
3 1 D15CR31_B
2 2 D15CR22_B 3
1 3 D15CR13_B
0 4 D15CR04_B 3
3
D15CR60_B 6 6 0 D15CR60_B
3
3
(four-pole relay with two-pole
5 1 D15CR51_B
front-mounted deck)
4 2 D15CR42_B
3 3 D15CR33_B 3
2 4 D15CR24_B
1 5 D15CR15_B 2
3
0 6 D15CR06_B 2
3
D15CR80_B 8 8 0 D15CR80_B
(four-pole relay with four-pole
front-mounted deck)
7 1 D15CR71_B 3
6 2 D15CR62_B
5 3 D15CR53_B 3
3
4 4 D15CR44_B
3 5 D15CR35_B 2
2 6 D15CR26_B 2
3
Additional Contact Poles Magnet Coil Selection 3
Catalog AC Coils Code DC Coils Code
Description Number Volts and Hertz Suffix Volts Suffix
3
Front Contact Pole Deck 120/60 or 110/50 A 12 R1
1NO-1NC C320KGT3 240/60 or 220/50 B 24 T1 3
2NO C320KGT4 480/60 or 440/50 C 48 W1
2NC C320KGT5 600/60 or 550/50 D 120 A1
3
1NO (early closing)–1NC (late opening) C320KGT7 208/60 E
3
4NO C320KGT13 277/60 H
3NO-1NC C320KGT14 208–240/60 J 3
2NO-2NC C320KGT15 24/60 T
1NO-3NC C320KGT16 3
3
4NC C320KGT17
Side-Mounted Contact Blocks
1NO-1NC C320KGS3
3
2NO C320KGS4
2NC C320KGS5 3
1NO (early closing)–1NC (late opening) C320KGS7
Notes
3
1 Underscore indicates missing code suffix for magnet coil—see Magnet Coil Selection table above.
2 Not all suffix codes available: consult Customer Support Center.
3
3
Machine Tool Relays
Accessories
3
Pneumatic Timer Attachment Metal Mounting Plate
3
C320 Pneumatic C32MP1
Timer Attachment Catalog Catalog
Timing Range Number Description Number
3 0.1 to 30 seconds C320TP1 Metal mounting plate C321MP1
3 10 to 180 seconds C320TP2
Maximum Ampere Ratings

3 Volts AC
Description 120 240 480 600
3 Make 30 15 7.5 6
Fits all D15 multipole relays.
3
Break 3 1.5 0.75 0.6 DIN Rail Mounting Channel (DIN Rail)
Catalog
Attachment mounts on top of timed contacts—circuits in
3
Description Number
any Freedom Series relay each pole must be the same
1 meter length XBANS3575P
(top-mounted auxiliary polarity. Units are convertible
3 contacts can not be installed
on device when timer is
from OFF to ON delay or
vice-versa.
3 used). Timer unit has DPST
Designed for DIN rail
Finger Protection Shields
3 Catalog
mounting of Freedom
Series relays.
Application Number
3 D15 C320LS1 C320TS2 Transient Suppressor Kits
Coil Voltage Catalog
3 Snap-on shields for both Finger Protection. Prevents Description 50/60 Hz 5 Number
contactors and starters accidental contact with line/ Transient 24/120 V C320TS1
3 provide IEC Type IP20 load terminals.
Suppressor 208/240 V C320TS2
3 Adhesive Dust Cover 277/480 V C320TS3

Catalog
3 Description Number
25 to a package C320DSTCVR These kits limit high voltage
3 These adhesive stickers applied to side opening
transients produced in the
control circuit when power is
come 25 to a package and where auxiliaries are not
3 provide extra protection from installed and provide extra
removed from the contactor
or starter coil. There are three
contaminants when applied protection from metal filings separate suppressors for use
3 to the sides of Freedom D15.
Adhesive covers are easily
and other debris. on 24–120 V, 208–240 V or
27–480 V coils respectively.
3 Solid-State Timer Solid-State ON DELAY Timer 1 These devices mount directly
to the coil terminals.
3 Timing Range
Catalog
Number 234
3 0.1 to 1.0 seconds

1 to 30 seconds
C320TDN1_
C320TDN30_
Notes
1 Side mounted on Freedom Series NEMA 00–2, D15, IECA-K and C25D, C25E and C25F frame.
2 Add operating voltage suffix to catalog number; A = 120 V, B = 240 V, E = 208 V.
3 30 to 300 seconds C320TDN300_ 3 Rated 0.5 ampere pilot duty—not to be used on larger contactors.
5 to 30 minutes C320TDN3000_ 4 Terminal connections are quick connects only. Two per side.
3 This timer is designed to be

5 Suppressor is compatible with coil voltages/ranges as shown, both 50 and 60 Hz.
wired in series with the

3 load (typically a coil). When
the START button is pushed
3 (power applied to timer), the
ON delay timing function
3 starts. At the completion of
the set timing period, timer
3 and series wired load will
both be energized.
3
3
Machine Tool Relays
3.7
AC/DC Interface Module— The Catalog Number C320DC provisions for DIN rail
C320DC
Controller Coil Voltage Ranges Interface Module is an mounting. 3
Controller Catalog Controller Coil Range optically isolated solid-state
Number Prefix Size or Rating Volts AC switch that provides a means The module will operate coils
within the voltage ranges
3
of operating AC coils with a
AE16, AE17, AE56, A–F 24–240
3
24 Vdc control signal. It acts shown in the table to the left.
AE57, CE15, CE55
G–K 48–240 as a space-saving interposing Design Characteristics
L–N 110–240 relay that can switch a
specified 50/60 Hz AC source ● DC input: 24 V ±10% at 3
AN16, AN56, 00–0 24–240
to the contactor or starter coil. mA nominal
CN15, CN55
1–2 48–240
The module may be directly
● AC operating voltage: 3
3 110–240 24–240 Vac ±10%
CN35 10–30 A 24–240
attached to the coil terminals
of any Freedom Series
50/60 Hz 3
contactor or starter—NEMA
● AC current rating:
3
60 A 48–240
Sizes 00–3, D15, IEC Sizes 10 A make (inrush),
100 A 110–240 1 A break (sealed)
A–N and lighting contactors
10–100 A. It also has 3
Typical Application—Solid-State Switch
3
Contactor Coil
24 Vdc 3
Input
3
Observe 24–240 Vac
Polarity on 50/60 Hz
Module
3
3
3
Contact Ratings—NEMA A600 Example of Terminal Marking with 2NO and 2NC Contacts
Continuous Thermal Rating: 10 A
Location
3
AC Volts Make Break Status
120 60 6.0 13 21 31 43
(NO or NC)
3
240
480
30
15
3.0
1.5
3
600 12 1.2 3
Contact Ratings—NEMA P300
14 22 32 44
3
Relay terminals are identified The first digit indicates the
3
Continuous Thermal Rating: 5 A
DC Volts Make/Break Amperes by a two-digit number in location of the contact on the
accordance with International relay. The numbering begins
125 1.1
Standards approved by with 1 and continues without 3
250 0.55 CENELEC (European a break from left to right.
Committee for Electro-
The second digit indicates 3
technical Standardization).
the status of the contacts
Magnet Coil Data The number is marked on
the relay and is used to (NO or NC). Terminal marking 3
Pickup Sealed
AC
identify location and status 1 and 2 mean NC and 3 and
Voltage VA Watts VA Watts
of the contacts. 4 mean NO. 3
12–600 V 80 49 7.5 2.4
Pickup Sealed
3
DC
Voltage Amps Watts VA Watts
3
12 6.4 76.8 0.28 3.36
24 3.2 76.8 0.14 3.36 3
48 1.6 76.8 0.07 3.36
120 0.64 76.8 0.028 3.36 3
3
3
Machine Tool Relays
Dimensions
3 D15 Four-Pole Relay
3
0.54 0.54
(13.7) (13.7)
1.8
3 (45.7)
C
3
3 2.36
(59.9)
Frt.
Mtd.
Acc.
Side
Mtd.
2.96
(75.2)
Blk.
3
3 1.36
(34.5)
3 Mtg. Holes for
Optional Additional
Contact Poles
M4 or #8 Screws or Accessories
3
3 D15 Six- and Eight-Pole Relays
0.54 0.54
3 (13.7) (13.7)
1.8
3
(45.7)
4.66
(118.4)
3
3 Frt. Side 2.96
2.36 Mtd. Mtd. (75.2)
(59.9) Acc. Blk.
3
3 1.36
(34.5) Optional Additional
3 Mtg. Holes for Contact Poles
or Accessories
M4 or #8 Screws
3
3 Dimensions and Shipping Weights
3
Shipping Weights
Description Dimension C Lbs (kg)
Relay only 3.30 (83.8) 1.3 (0.6)
3 Relay with timer attachment 5.55 (141.0) 1.5 (0.7)
3 Relay with front contact pole deck 4.66 (118.4) 1.7 (0.8)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Machine Tool Relays
3.7
Contents
BF/BFD Series—Fixed Contact Industrial Control
Description Page
3
D15 Series—Freedom 600 V Multipole . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-142 3
BF/BFD Series—Fixed Contact Industrial
Control 3
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-150 3
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-152 3
Industrial Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-153 3
with Convertible Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-158 3
3
3
BF/BFD Series—Fixed Contact Industrial Control 3
Product Description Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications 3
Type BF is AC operated, ● UL recognized, UL File No.
300 V maximum, and the Wiring to Relay E19223 (AC relays only) 3
BFD is DC operated, 250 V. ● In parallel with coil—one ● CSA certified, File No.
Fixed contact relays are
available in any combination
timed and up to 12
instantaneous contacts, or
LR39402-6, LR28548-10, 3
11 (AC and DC relays)
of NO and NC from two to 12 In series with coil—up
3
●
poles. BF and BFD relays to 12 timed contacts in

have captive clamp terminals one relay
fully accessible from the 3
front, a molded coil with low Permanent Magnet Latch
operating temperature and ● Field mountable on Catalog 3
silver alloy contacts suitable Number BF; factory
for low voltage circuits. installed on BFD 3
● Latch coil continuously
rated 3
● Latch plunger adjustable
for optimum performance 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Machine Tool Relays
Product Selection
3
3 ● Catalog number of basic relay
● If a coil voltage other than listed is required, select the suffix code from the Coil Voltage table and
3 substitute it for the last letter in the catalog number. Example: BF80V for a 110/60 AC coil
3 Type BF Complete Relay—Type BF and BFD, Two-, Three-, Four- and Six-Pole 1
BFD 250 Vdc Basic
3 BF 300 Vac Basic Relays Relays
Type of Contact 120/60, 110/50 AC Coil 120 DC Coil
3 Number
of Poles NO (Form A) NC (Form B)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
3 2 2 0 BF20F BFD20S
1 1 BF11F BFD11S
3 0 2 BF02F BFD02S
Type BFD 3 3 0 BF30F BFD30S
3 2 1 BF21F BFD21S 2
3 1
0
2
3
BF12F
BF03F
BFD12S
BFD03S
3 4 4 0 BF40F BFD40S
3 1 BF31F BFD31S
3 2 2 BF22F BFD22S
3
1 3 BF13F BFD13S
0 4 BF04F BFD04S
3 6 6 0 BF60F BFD60S
5 1 BF51F BFD51S
3 4 2 BF42F BFD42S
3 3 BF33F BFD33S
3 2 4 BF24F BFD24S
3
0 6 BF06F BFD06S
3 Coil Voltage
3 BF Coils
Volts AC Hz Suffix Code
BFD Coils
Volts DC Suffix Code
3 12 60 H 6 C
24 60 I 12 D
3 48 60 J 24 L
110 60 V 38 N
3 110/120 50/60 F 48 M
3 208 60 K 72 E
220/240 50/60 G 95 B
3 440 60 C 120 S
130 U
3 240 T
3 Notes
1 Relays listed above with equal number of NO and NC contact poles are specially priced—1NO and 1NC pole
3
are supplied at no additional charge.
2 Consult Customer Support Center for availability.
3
3
3
Machine Tool Relays
3.7
● Catalog number of basic relay 3
If a coil voltage other than listed is required, select the suffix code from the Coil Voltage table and
3
●
substitute it for the last letter in the catalog number. Example: BF80V for a 110/60 AC coil
Type BF Complete Relay—Type BF and BFD, Eight-, 10- and 12-Pole 1 3

BF 300 Vac Basic Relays
BFD 250 Vdc Basic
Relays 3
Type of Contact 120/60, 110/50 AC Coil 120 DC Coil
Number
of Poles NO (Form A) NC (Form B)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
3
8 8 0 BF80F BFD80S 3
7 1 BF71F BFD71S
6 2 BF62F BFD62S 3
3
Type BFD 5 3 BF53F BFD53S
4 4 BF44F BFD44S
0 8 BF08F BFD08S
3
10 10 0 BF100F BFD100S
8 2 BF82F BFD82S 2 3
7 3 BF73F 2 BFD73S
6 4 BF64F BFD64S 3
3
5 5 BF55F BFD55S 2
4 6 BF46F BFD46S
2 8 BF28F BFD28S 3
12 12 0 BF120F BFD120S
8 4 BF84F BFD84S 3
7 5 BF75F BFD75S
6 6 BF66F BFD66S
3
5 7 BF57F BFD57S
3
4 8 BF48F BFD48S
3
Coil Voltage 3
BF Coils BFD Coils
Volts AC Hz Suffix Code Volts DC Suffix Code 3
12 60 H 6 C
24 60 I 12 D 3
48
110
60
60
J
V
24
38
L
N
3
110/120 50/60 F 48 M 3
208 60 K 72 E
220/240 50/60 G 95 B 3
440 60 C 120 S
130 U 3
240 T
3
Notes
1 Relays listed above with equal number of NO and NC contact poles are specially priced—1NO and 1NC pole
are supplied at no additional charge.

3
3
3
3
3
Machine Tool Relays
Permanent Magnet Latch

3 Permanent Magnet
Latch, Relay Mounted Coil Catalog
Volts Coil Hz Number
3 AC Relays
3 24 60 BFMLI 2
48 60 BFMLJ 2
3 110/120 50/60 BFMLF
220/240 50/60 BFMLG
3 DC Relays
3
24 — BFMLL
48 — BFMLM
3 120 — BFMLS
240 — BFMLT
3
3
Options
3
FASTON Push-On Terminals NEMA 1 Enclosure for Relay Types
3 Code Catalog Code Catalog
Description Letter Number Description Letter Number
3 Insert letter F after relay type designation in listed catalog F — BF, AR—all poles — 4977D40G04
number. Example: BFF20F or BFDF20S
BFD—4–8 poles — 4977D40G04
3 ARD—4–8 poles — 4977D40G04
3 Overlapping Contacts
Notes
1 For panel mount, add Suffix F.
3 Code Catalog 2 Consult Customer Support Center for availability.
Description Letter Number
3 NO contact closes before corresponding NC contact opens—

supplied as NO/NC set(s). Insert letter A after relay
A —
type designation in listed catalog number. Example: BFA22F

3 or BFDAF22S
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Machine Tool Relays
3.7
3
General Specifications
BF Relay Electrical Ratings—NEMA A300
3
Volts
Maximum Current
Cont. Make Break
Maximum VA
Make Break
3
120 10 60 6 7200 720
3
240 10 30 3 7200 720
Horsepower Ratings (UL Recognized) DC Rating—NEMA P300

3
Phase
AC Volts
115 230 Volts
Maximum Current
Cont. Make Break
Max. Make
or Break (VA)
3
1 1/6 1/2 125 5.0 1.1 1.1 138
3
3 — 1 250 5.0 0.55 0.55 138
Resistive Rating
3
125 Vdc 3A
3
250 Vdc 1.5 A
Coil Power Requirements

3
AC 72 VA open, 22 VA closed 3
DC 12 watts (nominal), 250 V max.
3
Permanent Magnet Latch Specifications
Item Specification 3
3
Unlatching power requirements Open gap: 24 VA AC
Closed gap: 7 VA
Burden: 4 watts (AC)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Machine Tool Relays
Contact Arrangements—BF and BFD Relays

3
2 Poles 3 Poles 4 Poles
3
3
3 6 Poles 8 Poles
3
Rear Rear
3
3 Front Front
3 10 Poles 12 Poles
3
Rear Rear
3
3 Center Center
3 Front Front
3 Note: NO = Normally Open NC = Normally Closed

3 Dimensions
BF Relay with Permanent BFD Relay with Solid-State Enclosures—NEMA 1 for BF, BFD, AR and ARD
3 Magnet Latch and Solid- Timer
2.83
State Timer
3
(71.9) 5.66
(143.8)
1.05 1.72 1.72 0.19 (4.8)
3
(26.7) (43.7) (43.7)
KO KO KO
KO
3 E 0.25 (6.4) Dia.
C 6.59 Mtg. Holes (3)
B 4.5
D (167.4)
A (114.3)
3 0.63
(16)
KO
KO KO KO
3 3.13
(79.5)
1.97
(50)
3.13
(79.5)
1.69
(42.9)
0.38 x 0.5
1.69 (42.9)
3
(9.7 x 12.7) A
3.38 (85.9) Conduit
(2 Top, 2 Bottom)
3
BF and BFD Relay Dimensions NEMA 1 for BF, BFD, AR and ARD Dimensions
3 Number A B C D E Catalog A
of Poles BF Only BF w/Latch BF w/Timer BFD Only BFD w/Timer Poles Number NEMA 1
3 4 3.22 (81.8) 6.22 (158.0) 5.88 (149.4) 4.03 (102.4) 7.06 (179.3) Relays without Attachments
8 4.19 (106.4) 7.19 (182.6) 6.88 (174.8) 4.97 (126.2) 8.00 (203.2) All BF, AR, ARD 5.34 (135.6)
3 12 4.81 (122.2) 7.81 (198.4) 7.50 (190.5) 5.63 (143.0) 8.66 (220.0) 4–8 BFD 5.34 (135.6)
3 10, 12
Relays with Attachments
BFD 7.97 (202.4)
3 All BF, AR, ARD 7.97 (202.4)
3
3
Machine Tool Relays
3.7
Contents
AR/ARD Series—Convertible Contact Industrial Control
Description Page
3
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-147 3
Industrial Control 3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-155 3
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-155
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-157
D26 Series—Type M, 600 Vac Multipole 3
with Convertible Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-158
D26 Series—Type M, DC Multipole 3
with Convertible Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-163
3
3
AR/ARD Series—Convertible Contact Industrial Control 3
Product Description Features and Benefits Operation 3
The AR/ARD relays are Permanent Magnet Latch Surge Suppressor AR relays are available in
electromechanical convertible By energizing the relay coil, ● Mounts in contact cavity of either four- or six-pole 3
contact relays. AR relays are the latch attachment “sets” AR relays configurations. AR relays are
AC devices and the ARD is
for DC applications.
(when the base relay’s ● Limits high transient easily converted to eight- or
10-poles simply by adding a
3
armature/crossbar assembly voltages resulting from de-
has closed) holding the relay
ON, even after the relay coil
energizing relay coil or four-pole deck. In addition,
mechanical latch attachments 3
Application Description other electromechanical
are available with four- and
Type AR and ARD relays are
designed for use on machine
has been de-energized. The
clearing coil on the latch is ●
devices
Protects sensitive
six-pole relays. 3
energized to release the
tools, process lines,
conveyors and similar armature/crossbar assembly.
instruments and solid-state
devices
Contacts are convertible from
NO to NC, to provide any
3
automatic and semi-
3
● Field mountable to four- ● 120 Vac maximum, not combination desired up to a
automatic equipment. and six-pole used on Vdc maximum of 10. For the ARD,
the number of poles cannot
Latch plunger is adjustable For noise suppression, see
3
● ●
Catalog Number SS-56 exceed four NC in any pole

● Latch coil continuously configuration. Wide spacing
starter mounted surge
●
rated
Unlatching power suppressor. of contacts simplifies
installation, contact testing and
3
requirements
● Open gap: 24 VA
maintenance. Contacts are
electrically and mechanically 3
isolated from each other.
Closed gap: 7 VA
3
●
● Burden: 4 watts AC, 6 Overlap contacts are also

available in one or two sets.
watts DC
These contacts should be 3
mounted in the center pole
positions. AC and DC contact
cartridges should not be used
3
in the same relay.
3
Standards and Certifications
● UL File No. E19223 3
● CSA File No. LR39402-6,
LR54517 and LR54520 3
3
Reference Information
● ART, ARTD: IL 14510,
3
IL 14485
3
Machine Tool Relays
Product Selection
3
3 ● Catalog number of basic relay with 120/60, 110/50 AC coil from AR/ARD Relays table.
● If a coil voltage other than listed is required, select the suffix code from the Coil Voltage table below
3 and substitute it for the last letter in the catalog number. Example: AR64V for a 110/60 AC coil.
3 AR/ARD Relays AR/ARD Relays

AR 600 Vac Relays ARD 600 Vdc Relays
3 Contact 120/60, 110/50 AC Coil 120 DC Coil
Number Blank Catalog Catalog
3 of Poles NO NC Cavities Number Number
4 0 0 4 AR4A ARD4S
3 2 0 2 AR420A ARD420S
3
4 0 0 AR440A ARD440S
6 0 0 6 AR6A ARD6S
3 4 0 2 AR640A —
6 0 0 AR660A ARD660S
3 81 6 0 2 AR860A ARD860S 2
8 0 0 AR880A ARD880S
3 10 1 10 0 0 AR10100A ARD10100S
3 Coil Voltage
3 AR Coils ARD Coils
Volts AC Hz Suffix Code Volts DC Suffix Code
3 12 60 F 12 D
3 24
48
60
60
I
G
24
48
L
M
3 110 60 V 95 B
110/120 50/60 A 120 S
3 208 60 B 130 U
220/240 50/60 W 240 T
3 277 60 C
3 380/440
440/480
50/60
50/60
H
X
3 550 60 D
550/600 50/60 E
3
3 Contact Cartridges—600 V
Standard Contact Overlap Contact
3
Cartridge Cartridge
Terminal Catalog Catalog
Type Number 3 Number 4
3 AC Cartridges
3 With clamp terminals

With screw terminals
ARC
ARCR
AROC
AROCR
3 DC Cartridges
With clamp terminals ARDC ARDOC
3 With screw terminals ARDCR ARDOCR
3 Notes
1 Will not accept top-mounted latch or timers.
2 Contact Customer Support Center for availability.
3 3 Standard cartridges are sold in cartons of four cartridges. Catalog number is for single cartridge.
4 Overlap contact cartridges are sold in sets of two cartridges. Catalog number is for sets of two.
Machine Tool Relays
3.7
Permanent Magnet Latch
ARML Permanent
Magnet Latch for Operating Catalog
3
AR/ARD Relays
Volts Coil Hz Number
For AC Control Circuits
3
24 60 ARMLI
3
48 60 ARMLG
120 60/50 ARMLA 3
240 60/50 ARMLW
For DC Control Circuits 3
3
24 — ARMLL
48 — ARMLM
120 — ARMLS
3
240 — ARMLT
3
3
Accessories
3
Four-Pole Top Deck Adder
● Increases contact capacity from four/six-poles to eight/10-poles 3
● Mounts on top of basic relay using three screws
● Will not interfere with wiring, testing or convertible cartridges 3
● Screw terminals for ring connectors available; to order, add
Suffix R to catalog number listed below 3
Four-Pole Top Four-Pole Top Deck Adder ARSS Surge Surge Suppressor 3
Deck Adder Contacts Suppressor for
No. of Blank Catalog
AR Relays Catalog
Number
3
Poles NO NC Cavities Number
With 600 Vac Cartridges
Surge Suppressor ARSS 3
3
4 2 0 2 ARA20
4 0 0 ARA40
With 600 Vdc Cartridges
3
4 2 0 2 ARDA20
4 0 0 ARDA40 3
3
Options 3
Convertible Contacts Overlapping Contacts
3
Code Catalog Code Catalog
Description Letter
1
Number Description Letter Number
3
AR and ARD relays listed are supplied with NO contacts that — NO contact closes before corresponding NC contact opens — S or —
are easily converted to NC. If both NO and NC poles are
required, order by catalog number. Example: four-pole relay
supplied as NO/NC sets of two cartridges. Insert letter S after S2 1
relay type designation in listed catalog number. Example: 3
with 1NO and 3NC contacts, order AR413A. AR402AS. Specify the number of sets required: S for one set
and S2 for two sets.
3
Screw Terminals
Code Catalog Note 3
Description Letter Number 1 Consult Customer Support Center for availability.
For ring-type connectors, add suffix R to the catalog number. R — 3

Example: AR420AR.
3
3
3
Machine Tool Relays

3
3
General
Contact Ratings—600 Vac Cartridge NEMA A600
3 Volts
Maximum Current
Cont. Make Break
Maximum VA
Make Break
3 120 10 60 6 7200 720

240 10 30 3 7200 720
3 480 10 15 1.5 7200 720
600 10 12 1.2 7200 720
3
DC Cartridges—NEMA P600
3 Maximum Current Maximum VA
Make or Make or
3 Volts Continuous Break Break
125 5 1.10 138
3 250 5 0.55 138
600 5 0.20 138
3
Resistive Rating
3 125 Vdc 3A
250 Vdc 1.5 A
3
Coil Power Requirements
3 AC 96 VA open, 14 VA closed
DC 14 watts open, 250 V max.
3
Voltage AR Relays ARD Relays
3 Pickup voltage (max.) 85% 65%
Dropout voltage (min.) 60% 15%
3 Voltage (max.) 110% 110%
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Machine Tool Relays
3.7
Dimensions
Four- and Six-Pole with Four-Pole Adder, Solid-State Timer and Mechanical Latch 3
4.09 (103.9)
3
3.44 (87.4)
2.75 (69.9) Latch 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2)
S.S. Timer 3
Adder Deck 3
3
Base Relay
D 3
C
A
B
3
3
3.13
(79.5) 1.44 (36.6)
2.05
(52.1)
3
CL CL CL
of Mounting Slots of Mounting Slots of Mounting Slots
(2) for 0.164 Screws (2) for 0.164 Screws (2) for 0.164 Screws 3
End View, 4- and 6-Pole Side View, 4-Pole Side View, 6-Pole
3
Four- and Six-Pole with Four-Pole Adder, Solid-State Timer and Mechanical Latch
Relay 3
Catalog A B C D
Number Four-, Six-Pole Relays Relay Adder Relay with Timer Relay with Latch
3
AR 3.56 (90.4) 4.94 (125.5) 6.00 (152.4) 6.39 (162.3)
ARD 4.63 (117.6) 6.00 (152.4) 7.06 (179.3) 7.45 (189.2) 3
3
Enclosures—NEMA 1 for BF, BFD, AR and ARD
2.83 3
(71.9) 5.66
1.05 1.72
(143.8)
1.72 0.19 (4.8)
3
(26.7) (43.7) (43.7)
KO KO KO
KO
3
0.25 (6.4) Dia.
6.59
(167.4) 4.5
Mtg. Holes (3)
3
(114.3)
0.63
(16)
KO
3
KO KO KO
1.69 (42.9) 0.38 x 0.5 3

(9.7 x 12.7) A
3
3.38 (85.9) Conduit
(2 Top, 2 Bottom)
Enclosures—NEMA 1 for BF, BFD, AR and ARD

3
Poles
Catalog
Number
Dimension A
NEMA 1
3
Relays without Attachments
3
All BF, AR, ARD 5.34 (135.6)
4–8 BFD 5.34 (135.6) 3
10, 12 BFD 7.97 (202.4)
Relays with Attachments 3
All BF, AR, ARD 7.97 (202.4)
3
3
Machine Tool Relays
Contents
3 D26 Series—Type M, 600 Vac Multipole with Convertible Contacts
Description Page
3 D15 Series—Freedom 600 V Multipole . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-142
3 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-147
3 with Convertible Contacts
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-162
3 D26 Series—Type M, DC Multipole
with Convertible Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-163
3
3
3
3 D26 Series—Type M, 600 Vac Multipole with Convertible Contacts
3 Product Description Features Options Standards and Certifications
Relays can be ordered as Contact poles D26MPR and Adding a front deck, the total ● UL listed—Class No.
3 complete devices in any pole D26MPF in 2- through 8-pole number of poles can be NKCR2, File E1230(N)
combination up to a relays are convertible NO to increased to 8, all convertible ● CSA certified—File LR353
3 maximum of 12NO or 8NC
and 4NO poles, or can be
NC or vice versa. Simply
reverse the terminal screws
NO to NC.
Adding a D26MF, 4-pole fixed
3 assembled from components
shown on Page V7-T3-160.
and rotate the unit pole 180 °
(in either direction). NO attachment, builds a 12-
pole relay with 8 convertible
3 Relay base assembly poles and 4 fixed NO poles.
(D26MB) will accept from 1
Relays with mechanical latch
3 to 4 rear poles (D26MPR,
D26MPS and/or D26MPL). are available in any
convertible pole combination
3 up to eight poles maximum.
3
3 Normally Closed
Contact
3
3 Normally Open
Contact
3 To obtain overlapping
contacts, use D26MPS (NO
3 early closing) and D26MPL
(NC late opening) rear poles,
3 in related circuits.
3
3
3
3
3
Machine Tool Relays
3.7
Product Selection
3
Complete AC Relays
When Ordering, Specify 3
● Catalog number and magnet coil suffix letter.
● Example: For a 4-pole relay having 4NO contacts, order Catalog Number D26MR40, with a 120 V, 3
60 Hz coil, order D26MR40A.
● For fast delivery and minimum inventory, it is recommended that component parts or complete 3
relays with NO poles be ordered.
Complete AC Relays—Open Type
3
4-Pole
Type of Contact Relay Only

Relay with
Mechanical Latch
3
Number Catalog Catalog
of Contacts NO (Form A) NC (Form B) Number Number 3
2 2 0 D26MR20 D26MR202
1 1 D26MR11 D26MR112 3
3
0 2 D26MR02 D26MR022
4-Pole with Latch 3 3 0 D26MR30 D26MR302
2
1
1
2
D26MR21
D26MR12
D26MR212
D26MR122
3
4
0
4
3
0
D26MR03
D26MR40
D26MR032
D26MR402
3
3 1 D26MR31 D26MR312
3
2 2 D26MR22 D26MR222
4-Pole with Pneumatic

1 3 D26MR13 D26MR132 3
Timer Attachment 0 4 D26MR04 D26MR042
61 6 0 D26MR60 D26MR602 3
5 1 D26MR51 D26MR512
4 2 D26MR42 D26MR422 3
3 3 D26MR33 D26MR332
2 4 D26MR24 D26MR242 3
1 5 D26MR15 D26MR152
0 6 D26MR06 D26MR062 3
3
81 8 0 D26MR80 D26MR802
7 1 D26MR71 D26MR712
6
5
2
3
D26MR62
D26MR53
D26MR622
D26MR532
3
4 4 D26MR44 D26MR442
3
3 5 D26MR35 D26MR352
2 6 D26MR26 D26MR262 3
1 7 D26MR17 D26MR172
0 8 D26MR08 D26MR082 3
Magnet Coil Selection 3
Volts/Hertz Suffix Code Volts/Hertz Suffix Code
120/60–110/50 A 32/60 2 V 3
2
3
240/60–220/50 B 12/60 R
208/60 2 E 6/60 P
24/60
277/60
T
H
380/50 2
480/60 or 440/50
L
C
3
600/60 or 550/50 2 D
3
Notes
1 10- and 12-Poles: The 6 and 8 contact relays (without mechanical latch only) listed above can be provided
with four additional NO non-convertible contacts. Add suffix number 4 to above listed catalog number plus
3
3
magnet coil suffix. Example: For a 12 contact relay, order D26MR804A.
Machine Tool Relays
Relay Component Parts Location Relay Base Assembly (without Poles)

3 Relay Base
Assembly Catalog
D26MF
Description Number
3
Front Attachment
Timer Attachments or Relay base assembly D26MB 4
Mechanical Latch
3
D26MD10
3 Front Deck
D26MF
D26MB Basic four-pole D26 relay as needed, D26MPR,
3 Relay Base Front Attachment
Assembly Pneumatic Timer or without contacts. Provision D26MPL and/or D26MPS
Mechanical Latch for adding one to four poles rear pole type.
3 Front Deck (Convertible Contact Poles)
Rear Pole
3 Description
Catalog
Number
3 Relay with Pneumatic Timer Attachment Front Deck with …

Factory Installed (without Relay Contacts) 1NO contact pole D26MD10
3 Contact Timer Catalog 2NO contact poles D26MD20
Positions 1 Operation Number 2
3
4NO contact poles D26MD40
4 ON delay D26MR005
3
4 OFF delay D26MR006 Provides up to four additional
front pole type D26MPF
contacts. Convertible, NO
3 to NC.
3
The relays listed above will For additional information
accept up to four catalog on timer attachment, see Four-Pole Front Four-Pole Front Attachment
number D26MPR contacts Page V7-T3-161. Attachment (4NO Fixed Circuit)
3 (convertible—NO or NC) for
For assembly of relays from Description
Catalog
Number
instantaneous operation.
3 Order contacts separately. component parts and relay
accessories, see components
Front attachment D26MF
tables below.
3
Rear Pole Separate Contacts
3 Catalog Can be added to any two- to relay. Four NO, non-
Description Number
eight-pole Type M, D26 relay convertible contacts are
3 Convertible Contacts to provide up to a 12-pole included in this assembly.
Rear pole—NO D26MPR
3 Front Pole
Rear pole—NC D26MPR02
Notes
1 Number of available instantaneous contact positions (order contacts
3 Front pole—NO D26MPF separately—Catalog Number D26MPR).

Front pole—NC D26MPF02
3
3 To obtain overlapping contacts, these two special poles must be used in related circuits.
Gold plated 4 Add magnet coil suffix letter, see Page V7-T3-159. Example: D26MBA.
(for low power circuits)
3 Rear pole—NO D26MPR03

Front pole—NO D26MPF03
3 Non-Convertible Contacts
Rear pole NO early closing 3 D26MPS
3 Rear pole NC late opening 3 D26MPL
3
3
3
3
3
3
Machine Tool Relays
3.7
Relay State Indicating Light Manual Test Accessory
Relay State
Indicating Light Catalog
Manual Test Accessory
Catalog
3
Description Number Description Number
120 Vac, 50/60 Hz D26MAP120 Manual test accessory D26MTA
3
240 Vac, 50/60 Hz D26MAP240
3
Light provided with leads and used to monitor state
Tool to manually hold relays
in the energized position for
panel. (10 per box, order in
multiples of 10.)
3
bracket for mounting on two-
to 12-pole relays. May be
of magnet coil or relay
contact operation.
circuitry testing on completed
3
Transient Suppressor
Pneumatic Timer Pneumatic Timer Attachment
Transient Suppressor
Catalog
3
Attachment Catalog Description Number
Description Number
Magnet coil transient suppressor D26MAS1 3
ON delay D26MTE
OFF delay D26MTD
Latch coil transient suppressor D26MAS2
3
May be mounted on any Limits high voltage transients
120 Vac relay magnet coil produced in the circuit when 3
Attachment mounts on any 0- range—0.1 to 180 seconds, or latch coil or 120 Vdc latch power is removed from the
to four-pole D26 relay without
latch. Timer unit has DPDT
repeat accuracy ±10%.
Units are convertible from
coil—connects directly across coil. 3
coil terminals. All DC magnet
timed contacts (circuits in
each pole must be the same
OFF delay to ON delay or
vice versa.
coils have a built-in varistor
for transient suppression.
3
polarity). Adjustable timing
3
Mounting Channel Mounting Channel
Catalog 3
Description Number
10 in length for 4 relays D26MC4 3
20 in length for 8 relays D26MC8
3
3
Pre-spaced mounting for length. Captive mounting
adjacent relay installation. screws provided in channel 3
Indexed for cutting to desired for easier installation.
3
General 3
Contact Ratings (Amperes) A600
Make and 3
Emergency
AC Volts 1
Interrupting
Capacity Break
Continuous
Thermal Rating
3
120 60 6 10
3
240 30 3 10
480 15 1.5 10 3
600 12 1.2 10
3
Coil Power Operating Time
Watts VA Range in 3
Relay Inrush Sealed Inrush Sealed Milliseconds
Two- to 12-pole 95.0 9 155 22 Pickup: 6–13 3
Latch coil 18.5 11 41 17 Dropout: 8–26
Note
3
3
1 For DC contact ratings, see Page V7-T3-165.
Machine Tool Relays
Dimensions
3 AC and DC D26 Relays
3
1 Slot 0.44
A D26MAS1 #10 Screw (11.2)
3
3
3.13
3 3.50
(88.9) 2 Holes
(79.5)
#10 Screw
3
3
3 D26MAS2
0.75
(19.1)
0.44
(11.2)
3
2.38 (60.5)
Max.
AC Relay DC Relay Ship. Wt.
3 D26 D26 Dimension A Lbs (kg)
1–4 poles 1–3 poles 4.00 (101.6) 2.5 (1.1)
3 1–4 poles with timer D26 or D87 1–3 poles with timer D26 or D87 6.00 (152.4) 3.3 (1.5)
1–4 poles with latch 1–2 poles with latch 6.13 (155.7) 3.5 (1.6)
3 1–4 poles with D26MF 1–3 poles with D26MF 5.81 (147.6) 2.8 (1.3)
3
5–8 poles 4–7 poles 5.25 (133.4) 2.8 (1.3)
5–8 poles with timer D87 4–7 poles with timer D87 7.25 (184.2) 3.5 (1.6)
3 5–8 poles with latch

9–12 poles
3–6 poles with latch
8–11 poles
7.31 (185.7)
7.00 (177.8)
3.8 (1.7)
3.0 (1.4)
3
Mounting Channel
3 A
0.69 1.06
3
B
(17.5) (26.9) 0.38
2.50 2.38
(63.5) (60.5) (9.7)
3 Type
M
3 3.63 Relay
(92.2) D26
3
3 1.25 2.50 1.38
(31.8) (63.5) (35.1)
3 Catalog
Number Dimension A Dimension B
3 D26MC16 40 (1016) 37.5 (952.5)
D26MC12 30 (762) 27.5 (698.5)
3 D26MC8 20 (508) 17.5 (444.5)
3 D26MC4 10 (254) 7.5 (190.5)
Note: Channel mounts through keyholes with #10 screws

3 (two each end and one every fourth relay). Relays mount with screws
captive in channel. All screws must be tightened firmly.
3
3
3
Machine Tool Relays
3.7
Contents
D26 Series—Type M, DC Multipole with Convertible Contacts
Description Page
3
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-147 3
Industrial Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-153 3
with Convertible Contacts 3
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-166
3
3
3
D26 Series—Type M, DC Multipole with Convertible Contacts 3
Product Description Latch Operation 3
DC Type M Relay
Type M, DC multipole Component parts for With the latch coil de-
relays are physically and these relays are the same energized, energizing the 3
mechanically similar to as those listed for the (D26) relay coil will pick up the relay DC Input
the (D26) Type M AC
relays described on Page
Type M AC relays on Page
V7-T3-159, except for the
and mechanically latch it in
the pickup position. With the
LS1 3
Pick-Up
V7-T3-159. They differ only in
the electrical ratings and
Indicating Light, which is not
applicable to a DC relay.
relay coil de-energized,
energizing the latch coil will L = NC Late Opening
3
available pole combinations allow the relay to drop out.
due to the use of a normally Contact poles D26MPR and 3
closed late opening, coil D26MPF in 2- to 7-pole relays Convertible Contacts DC Type M Relay
clearing contact, factory are convertible NO to NC or
vice versa. Simply reverse the
with Latch
3
wired to the pickup winding DC Input Relay
terminal screws and rotate
3
of the magnet coil. (Contact is Coil
Pick-Up
the unit pole 180 ° (in either LS1 L
shown as L in figure to the Normally Closed
direction). Contact
Hold
right.) Magnet coil has built-in
varistor for transient
(Not Used)
L = NC Late Opening
3
suppression.
The mechanically latched Latch
3
Normally Open Coil
3
relay has one extra contact, Contact LS1 S
normally open early closing, Release
factory wired in series with S = NO Early Closing
the winding of the 3
intermittent rated latch coil.
(Contact is shown as S in 3
figure to the right.)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Machine Tool Relays
Product Selection
3
Complete DC Relays
3 When Ordering, Specify
● Catalog number and magnet coil suffix letter.
3 ● Example: For a 4-pole relay having 4NO contacts, order Catalog Number D26MRD40, with a
120 Vdc coil, order D26MRD40A1.
3 Complete DC Relays—Open Type
3-Pole
3 Type of Contact 1 Relay Only
Relay with
Mechanical Latch
3
Number Catalog Catalog
of Contacts NO (Form A) NC (Form B) Number Number
2 2 0 D26MRD20 D26MRD202
3 1 1 D26MRD11 D26MRD112
3
0 2 D26MRD02 D26MRD022
3 3 0 D26MRD30 D26MRD302
3-Pole with Latch
3 2
1
1
2
D26MRD21
D26MRD12
D26MRD212
D26MRD122
3 0 3 D26MRD03 D26MRD032
4 4 0 D26MRD40 D26MRD402
3 3 1 D26MRD31 D26MRD312
2 2 D26MRD22 D26MRD222
3 1 3 D26MRD13 D26MRD132
0 4 D26MRD04 D26MRD042
3 62 6 0 D26MRD60 D26MRD602
5 1 D26MRD51 D26MRD512
3 4 2 D26MRD42 D26MRD422
3 3 D26MRD33 D26MRD332
3 2 4 D26MRD24 D26MRD242
3
1 5 D26MRD15 D26MRD152
0 6 D26MRD06 D26MRD062
3 72 7
6
0
1
D26MRD70
D26MRD61
—
—
3 5
4
2
3
D26MRD52
D26MRD43
—
—
3 3 4 D26MRD34 —
2 5 D26MRD25 —
3 1 6 D26MRD16 —
0 7 D26MRD07 —
3
Magnet Coil Selection
3 Volts/Hertz Suffix Code Volts/Hertz Suffix Code
12 R1 120 A1
3 24 T1 240 B1
3
48 W1
Notes
3 1 Relay has additional factory wired normally closed coil clearing contact (see diagram).
2 10- and 11-Poles: The 6 and 7 contact relays (without mechanical latch only) listed above can be provided with four
additional NO non-convertible contacts. Add suffix number 4 to above listed catalog number plus magnet coil suffix.
3 Example: For an 11 contact relay, order D26MRD704A1.
3
3
3
3
Machine Tool Relays
3.7
Relay with Pneumatic Timer Attachment
3-Pole with Timer
Attachment (without Relay Contacts) 3
Contact Timer Catalog
Positions 1 Operation Number 3
3 ON delay D26MRD005
3 OFF delay D26MRD006
3
3
The relays listed above will Order contacts separately.
accept up to three catalog For additional information 3
number D26MPR contacts on timer attachment, see
(convertible—NO or NC) for
instantaneous operation.
Page V7-T3-161. 3
3
General 3
Contact Ratings (Amperes) 2
DC Volts
Inductive
Make/Break
Resistive
Make/Break
3
28 7.0 10.0 3
48 2.5 10.0
120 1.1 2.0 3
3
240 0.2 0.4
Coil Power Operating Time

Watts Average 3
Relay Inrush Sealed Milliseconds
Two- to 11-pole 168 13.2 Pickup: 10 3
3
Latch coil 21.6 intermittent 21.6 intermittent Dropout: 16
Notes
1 Number of available instantaneous contact positions (order contacts
separately—Catalog Number D26MPR).

3
2 Contact ratings do not apply to contacts D26MPL and D26MPS.
For AC contact ratings, see Page V7-T3-161. 3

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Machine Tool Relays
Dimensions
3 AC and DC D26 Relays
3
1 Slot 0.44
A D26MAS1 #10 Screw (11.2)
3
3
3.13
3 3.50
(88.9) 2 Holes
(79.5)
#10 Screw
3
3
3 D26MAS2
0.75
(19.1)
0.44
(11.2)
3
2.38 (60.5)
Max.
AC Relay DC Relay Ship. Wt.
3 D26 D26 Dimension A Lbs (kg)
1–4 poles 1–3 poles 4.00 (101.6) 2.5 (1.1)
3 1–4 poles with timer D26 or D87 1–3 poles with timer D26 or D87 6.00 (152.4) 3.3 (1.5)
1–4 poles with latch 1–2 poles with latch 6.13 (155.7) 3.5 (1.6)
3 1–4 poles with D26MF 1–3 poles with D26MF 5.81 (147.6) 2.8 (1.3)
3
5–8 poles 4–7 poles 5.25 (133.4) 2.8 (1.3)
5–8 poles with timer D87 4–7 poles with timer D87 7.25 (184.2) 3.5 (1.6)
3 5–8 poles with latch

9–12 poles
3–6 poles with latch
8–11 poles
7.31 (185.7)
7.00 (177.8)
3.8 (1.7)
3.0 (1.4)
3 Mounting Channel
3 0.69
A
1.06
B
3
(17.5) (26.9) 0.38
2.50 2.38
(63.5) (60.5) (9.7)
3 Type
M
3 3.63
(92.2)
Relay
D26
3
3 1.25
(31.8)
2.50
(63.5)
1.38
(35.1)
3 Catalog
Number Dimension A Dimension B
3 D26MC16 40 (1016) 37.5 (952.5)

D26MC12 30 (762) 27.5 (698.5)
3 D26MC8 20 (508) 17.5 (444.5)
D26MC4 10 (254) 7.5 (190.5)
3 Note: Channel mounts through keyholes with #10 screws
3
(two each end and one every fourth relay). Relays mount with screws
captive in channel. All screws must be tightened firmly.
3
3
3
Timing Relays
3.8
Contents
Timing Relays
Description Page
3
Timing Relays 3
Universal TR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-172
TR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-176 3
TMR5 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-179
TMR6 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-183 3
TMRP Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-185
3
3
3
3
3
3
Product Selection Guide 3
Function Code Cross-Reference Guide 3
Timer Series
Function Description Universal TR TR TMR5 TMR6 TMRP E5-248 3 3
1 Asymmetrical flasher, pause first lp — R/P — — RC DLY
2 Asymmetrical flasher, pulse first li — Y — — RC 3
3
3 ON delay and OFF delay with control contact ER — — — — —
4 ON delay and single shot leading edge voltage controlled EWu — — — — —
5 ON delay and single shot leading edge control contact EWs — — — — —
3
6 Single shot leading and single shot trailing edge with control contact WsWa — — — — —
7 Pulse sequence monitoring Wt — — — — — 3
8 ON delay, power triggered E A1 N — A —
9 Single shot leading edge voltage controlled Wu B1 T — C — 3
3
10 OFF delay/signal OFF delay R E 2 F — D OFF DLY
11 Single shot leading edge with control input Ws F2 C/G — H SS
12 Single shot trailing edge with control input Wa — — — — — 3
13 ON delay control signal start, trailing edge OFF Es — — — — —
14 Flasher, pause first Bp C1 L — B — 3
15 Retriggerable single shot — — W/D — E SS
16 Flasher, ON first — D1 — — F —
3
17 ON delay control signal start, leading edge OFF — A2 — — — ON DLY
3
18 Flasher—control signal start, pause first — B2 — — — RC DLY
19 Flasher—control signal start, ON first — C2 — — — RC 3
20 Signal ON/OFF delay — D2 — — — —
21 ON/OFF delay — — — — I — 3
3
22 Single pulse generator — — — — G OS
23 Memory latch — — — — J —
24 True OFF delay — — — X — —
3
3
Notes
1 Applies to TRN model only.
2 Applies to TRF model only.
3 The E5-248 is battery powered and has three programmable trigger functions.
3
This product may perform somewhat differently from the standard timing relays.
Refer to the operator instructions for details.
3
Timing Relays
Product Overview
3 Timer Function Descriptions
3 Function #1—Universal TR, TMR5, E5-248 Function #4—Universal TR
Asymmetrical Flasher, Pause First ON Delay and Single Shot Leading Edge Voltage Controlled
3 Repeat Cycle, OFF/ON Delay
3 When the supply voltage U

is applied, the set interval t1
After the interval t2 has
expired, the output relay
When the supply voltage U
switches into OFF position. If
the supply voltage is
begins. After the interval t1 switches into OFF position. begins. After the interval t1 interrupted before the interval
3 has expired, the output relay The output relay is triggered has expired, the output relay t1 + t2 has expired, the
R switches into ON position at the ratio of t1:t2 until the R switches into ON position interval already expired is
3 and the set interval t2 begins. supply voltage is interrupted. and the set interval t2 begins.
erased and is restarted
when the supply voltage is
3 expired, the output relay next applied.
3 Input Power (U)

LED U/t*
Input Power (U)
LED U/t*
3 Output LED** Output LED**

Output Relay (R) t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 Output Relay (R) t1 t2
3
3 Function #2—Universal TR, TMR5, E5-248 Function #5—Universal TR
Asymmetrical Flasher, Pulse First ON Delay and Single Shot Leading Edge Control Contact
3 Repeat Cycle, ON/OFF Delay
When the supply voltage U and the set interval t2 begins. The supply voltage U must interval t2 begins. After the
3 is applied, the output relay R After the interval t2 has be constantly applied to the interval t2 has expired, the
switches into the ON position expired, the output relay device. When the control output relay R switches into
3 and the set interval t1 begins.
switches into ON position.
The output relay is triggered
contact S is closed, the set
interval t1 begins. After the
OFF position. During the
interval, the control contact is
3 expired, the output relay R
switches into OFF position
at the ratio of t1:t2 until the
supply voltage is interrupted.
interval t1 has expired, the
output relay R switches into
ignored. A new cycle can only
be initiated when the cycle
ON position and the set has been completed.
3
Input Power (U) Input Power (U)
3 LED U/t* LED U/t*
Trigger Signal (S)
3
Output LED**
Output Relay (R) t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 Output LED**
3
Output Relay (R) t1 t2
3 Function #3—Universal TR Function #6—Universal TR

3 ON Delay and OFF Delay with Control Contact Single Shot Leading and Single Shot Trailing Edge
with Control Contact
Asymmetrical Signal ON/OFF Delay
3
The supply voltage U must interval t2 begins. After the The supply voltage U must output relay again switches to
3 be constantly applied to the
device. When the control
interval t2 has expired, the
output relay R switches into
be constantly applied to the
the ON position and the set
contact S is closed, the interval t2 has expired, the
3 contact S is closed, the set
OFF position. If the control
contact is opened before the output relay R switches to output relay R switches into
interval t1 has expired, the interval t1 has expired, the the ON position and the set OFF position. During
3 output relay R switches into interval already expired is interval t1 begins. After the the interval, the control
ON position. If the control erased and is restarted with interval t1 has expired, the contact is ignored. During
3 contact is opened, the set the next cycle. output relay R switches into
OFF position. If the control
the interval, the control
contact can be operated
3 contact S is opened, the any number of times.
3
LED U/t* LED U/t*
3 Trigger Signal (S)

Output LED**
Trigger Signal (S)
Output LED**
3 Output Relay (R) t1 t2 <t1 Output Relay (R) t1 t2 t1 t2
Timing Relays
3.8
Function #7—Universal TR Function #10—Universal TR, TRF, TMR5, TMRP, E5-248
Pulse Sequence Monitoring OFF Delay/Signal OFF Delay 3
Delay ON Release
When the supply voltage U interval t2, the relay will The supply voltage U must output relay R switches
3
begins and the output relay
remain in the ON position.
If the control switch is not
to the OFF position. If the
control contact S is closed 3
R switches to the ON closed and opened within contact S is closed, the before interval t expires,
position. After the interval the interval t2, the relay output relay R switches to the output relay will remain 3
t1 has expired, the interval will change to the OFF the ON position. When the in the ON position until the
t2 begins. As long as the position until supply control contact is opened, control switch opens, at 3
control switch S is closed voltage U is interrupted interval t begins. After the which time the interval t
and opened within the and reapplied. interval t has expired, the will begin again.
3
Input Power (U) Input Power (U) 3
LED U/t* LED U/t*
Trigger Signal (S) Trigger Signal (S) 3
Output LED** Output LED**
Output Relay (R) t1 <t2 <t2 <t2 t2 Output Relay (R) t <t 3
3
Function #8—Universal TR, TRN, TMR5, TMRP Function #11—Universal TR, TRF, TMR5, TMRP, E5-248 3
ON Delay, Power Triggered Single Shot Leading Edge with Control Input
Delay ON Make Single Shot/One Shot (Signal Start)/Momentary Interval 3
When the supply voltage U R switches to the ON The supply voltage U must interval t has expired, the
is applied, the set interval t position. The relay will remain be constantly applied to the output relay R switches to 3
begins. After the interval t in that position until supply device. When the control the OFF position. The control
has expired, the output relay voltage U is interrupted. contact S is closed, the contact is ignored during the 3
output relay R switches to interval t, and a new cycle
the ON position and the set
interval t begins. After the
cannot be started until the
set interval t has timed out.
3
3
LED U/t* LED U/t* 3
Output LED** Trigger Signal (S)
Output Relay (R) t <t Output LED** 3
Output Relay (R) t t
3
3
Function #9—Universal TR, TRN, TMR5, TMRP Function #12—Universal TR
Single Shot Leading Edge Voltage Controlled Single Shot Trailing Edge with Control Input 3
Interval ON/Interval (Power Start)
When the supply voltage U The relay will remain in that The supply voltage U must has expired, the output 3
is applied, the output relay R position until supply voltage U be constantly applied to the relay R switches to the
switches to the ON position is interrupted. If the supply device. When the control OFF position. The control 3
and set interval t begins. voltage is interrupted prior to contact S is closed and contact is ignored during
After the interval t has interval t timing out, the relay reopened, the output relay the interval t, and a new 3
expired, the output relay R will immediately switch to the R switches to the ON cycle must be started
switches to the OFF position. OFF position. position and the set interval t
begins. After the interval t
after the set interval t has
timed out.
3
3
LED U/t* LED U/t* 3
Output LED** Trigger Signal (S)
Output Relay (R) t <t Output LED** 3
3
3
Timing Relays
Function #13—Universal TR Function #16—TRN, TMRP

3 ON Delay Control Signal Start, Trailing Edge OFF Flasher, ON First
Cycle 3 (Power Start, ON First)
3 The supply voltage U must will remain in that position When the supply voltage U After interval t has expired,
3 be constantly applied to the
until the control switch
opens. If the control switch is
is applied, the relay switches
to the ON position and set
the relay will again switch to
the ON position for the set
switch S is applied, the set opened prior to interval t interval t begins. After the interval t. This cycle will
3 interval t begins. After the timing out, the relay will interval t has expired, the repeat at a 1:1 ratio until
interval t has expired, the remain in the OFF position output relay R switches to supply voltage U is
3 output relay R switches to and any elapsed time will be the OFF position and set interrupted.
the ON position. The relay erased. interval t will begin again.
3
3 LED U/t* Output LED**
Trigger Signal (S) Output Relay (R) t t t t t t <t
3 Output LED**
Output Relay (R) t <t
3
3
Function #14—Universal TR, TRN, TMR5, TMRP Function #17—TRF, E5-248
3 Flasher, Pause First ON Delay Control Signal Start, Leading Edge OFF
Cycle 1 (Power Start, OFF First)
3 When the supply voltage U has expired, the relay will The supply voltage U must until the control switch has
is applied, the set interval t switch to the OFF position be constantly applied to the opened and closed. If the
3 begins. After the interval t for the set interval t. This device. When the control control switch is opened and
has expired, the output relay cycle will repeat at a 1:1 switch S is applied, the set closed prior to interval t
3 R switches to the ON
position and set interval t will
ratio until supply voltage U
is interrupted.
interval t has expired, the
timing out, the relay will
remain in the OFF position
3 begin again. After interval t output relay R switches to
the ON position. The relay
and any elapsed time will be
erased.
will remain in that position
3
3 Input Power (U)
LED U/t*
Input Power (U)
Trigger Signal
3 Output LED**
Output Relay (R) t t t t t <t
Output LED**
3
3 Function #15—TMR5, TMRP, E5-248 Function #18—TRF, E5-248
3 Watchdog
Retriggerable Single Shot
Flasher—Control Signal Start, Pause First
3 The supply voltage U must

switches to the OFF position.
Closing the control switch
The supply voltage U must
After interval t has expired,
the relay will switch to the
3 device. When the control
switch S is applied, the relay
during interval t will reset the
time. Continuous cycling of
switch S is closed, the set
OFF position for the set
interval t. This cycle will
switches to the ON position the trigger signal at a rate interval t begins. After the repeat at a 1:1 ratio until
3 and the set interval t begins. faster than the preset time interval t has expired, the supply voltage U is
After the interval t has will cause the relay to remain output relay R switches to interrupted. The control
3 expired, the output relay R in the ON position. the ON position and set switch is ignored during
interval t will begin again. the cycle.
3
3 Trigger Signal (S) Trigger Signal
Output Relay (R) t <t <t t Output LED**
3 Output Relay (R) t t t t <t
3
3
Timing Relays
3.8
Function #19—TRF, E5-248 Function #22—TMRP, E5-248
Flasher—Control Signal Start, ON First Single Pulse Generator, Voltage Controlled 3
again. After interval t has
expired, the relay will again
When the supply voltage U
is applied, the set interval t
0.5 seconds before returning
to the OFF position. Supply
3
switch S is closed, the relay
switch to the ON position
for the set interval t. This
begins. After the interval t
has expired, the relay will
voltage U must be removed
and reapplied to repeat the 3
switches to the ON position cycle will repeat at a 1:1 switch to the ON position for pulse.
and set interval t begins. ratio until supply voltage U 3
After the interval t has is interrupted. The control
expired, the output relay R switch is ignored during 3
switches to the OFF position the cycle.
and set interval t will begin
3
Input Power (U)
Trigger Signal
Input Power (U)
Output LED**
3
Output LED**
Output Relay (R) t t t t <t
3
3
Function #20—TRF Function #23—N/A 3
Signal ON/OFF Delay Memory Latch
Control Switch Make 3
position. When the control
switch is opened, the relay
with every closure of the
control switch S (leading
3
switch S is closed, the relay
will switch to the ON position
again and the interval t will
device. Output changes state edge).
3
switches to the ON position begin. If the control switch is
and set interval t begins. closed and opened within the 3
After the interval t has interval t, the relay will remain
expired with the control in the ON position until 3
switch still closed, the output interval t has timed out after
relay R switches to the OFF the control switch is opened. 3
Input Power (U) Input Power (U) 3
Trigger Signal Trigger Signal
Output LED** Output LED** 3
Output Relay (R) t t <t t Output Relay (R)
3
3
Function #21—TMRP Function #24—TMR6
ON/OFF Delay True OFF Delay 3
Make/Break with Control Switch Trigger
The supply voltage U must control switch is opened, When the supply voltage U interval t has expired, the 3
be constantly applied to the interval t will begin again. is applied, the relay switches relay switches to the OFF
device. When the control After interval t has timed out, to the ON position. When position and will remain there 3
switch S is closed, the set the relay will switch to the supply power is removed, set until supply power U is
interval t has expired, the
OFF position. If supply
voltage U is removed at any
time interval t begins. After applied again.
3
output relay R switches to
the ON position. When the
time, the relay will return to
the OFF position. 3
3
Trigger Signal
Output LED**
Output Relay (R) t
3
Output Relay (R) t t t
3
3
3
Timing Relays
Contents
3 Universal TR Series
Description Page
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-174
3 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-175
TR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-176
3 TMR5 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-179
3
TMR6 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-183
TMRP Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-185
3
3
3
3
3 Product Description Application Description Features Standards and Certifications
Eaton’s Universal TR Series A timing relay is a simple ● Multiple user-selectable ● cULus listed
3 timers are our most flexible form of time-based control, timing functions and timing ● CE marked
and cost-effective timing allowing the user to open or ranges in a single unit ● RoHS compliant
3 relays available. Products are
available with up to seven
close the contacts based on
a specified timing function.
reduce product variations
and stock keeping units
● IEC/EN 61812
3 user-selectable functions and

seven user-selectable time
The Universal TR Series
timers are equipped with a ●
(SKUs)
Universal input voltages
ranges. Each unit is DIN rail set of selector switches, from 12 or 24 to 240 Vac or
3 mountable with a direct which can easily be set to a Vdc eliminate the need to
connection, eliminating the specific function and time, order and stock separate
3 need for additional sockets.
The Universal TR Series
thereby reducing the number
of product variations required.
coil voltages
● Compact, DIN rail
3 timers are available in SPDT
and DPDT contact
The universal input voltage
(either 12–240 Vac/Vdc or
mountable case reduces
panel size
configurations, and have a 24–240 Vac/Vdc, depending
3 compact IEC-style footprint on the model) further
● Advanced LED indication
and a universal input voltage reduces the number of makes troubleshooting
3 range for AC and DC product variations. easy
applications. ● Staggered terminal
3 The Universal TR Series
timers are ideal for high-
locations allow access
to lower-level terminals
variability operations, such after wiring
3 as systems integrators, ● SPDT or DPDT contacts
distributors, and small with 8 A ratings
3 equipment manufacturers.
The compact design saves
3 panel space, and the low
cost and high flexibility of
the units reduce inventory
3 requirements.
3
3
3
3
3
Timing Relays
3.8
Product Selection
3
Universal TR Timing Relays
Single-Pole Model
Catalog
3
Supply Voltage Description Number
4-Function
3
24–240 Vac/Vdc Compact DIN rail mount, SPDT TRL04
3
7-Function
24–240 Vac/Vdc Compact DIN rail mount, SPDT TRL07 3
12–240 Vac/Vdc Compact DIN rail mount, DPDT TRL27
Asymmetrical pulse generator, DPDT TRW27 3
3
Universal TR Timing Relays 3
Description TRL04 TRL07 TRL27 TRW27
Functions 1 E, R, Wu, Bp E, R, Wu, Bp, Ws, Wa, Es E, R, Wu, Bp, Ws, Wa, Es Ii, Ip, ER, Ewu, Ews, WsWa, Wt 3
Time range 0.05 sec to 100 hours 0.05 sec to 100 hours 0.05 sec to 100 hours 0.05 sec to 100 hours
Input
3
Supply voltage 24–240 Vac/Vdc 24–240 Vac/Vdc 12–240 Vac/Vdc 12–240 Vac/Vdc
3
Rated supply frequency +10% /–15% +10% /–15% ±10% ±10%
Rated consumption 4 VA (1.5 W) 4 VA (1.5 W) 6 VA (2 W) 6 VA (2 W) 3
Duty cycle 100% 100% 100% 100%
Reset time 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 3
3
Residual ripple for DC 10% 10% 10% 10%
dropout voltage >30% of rated supply voltage >30% of rated supply voltage >30% of rated supply voltage >30% of rated supply voltage
Overvoltage category III (in accordance with IEC 60664-1) III (in accordance with IEC 60664-1) III (in accordance with IEC 60664-1) III (in accordance with IEC 60664-1)
3
Rated surge voltage 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV
Output 3
Contact configuration SPDT (one changeover contact) SPDT (one changeover contact) DPDT (two changeover contacts) DPDT (two changeover contacts)
Rated voltage 250 Vac 250 Vac 250 Vac 250 Vac 3
Switching capacity
Fusing
2000 VA (8 A/250 V)
8 A fast acting
2000 VA (8 A/250 V)
8 A fast acting
2000 VA (8 A/250 V)
8 A fast acting
2000 VA (8 A/250 V)
8 A fast acting
3
Mechanical life 20 x 10^6 operations 20 x 10^6 operations 20 x 10^6 operations 20 x 10^6 operations 3
Electrical life 2 x 10^5 operations at 1000 VA load, 2 x 10^5 operations at 1000 VA load, 2 x 10^5 operations at 1000 VA load, 2 x 10^5 operations at 1000 VA load,
resistive resistive resistive resistive
3
Switching frequency Max. 6/min. at 1000 VA resistive load Max. 6/min. at 1000 VA resistive load Max. 6/min. at 1000 VA resistive load Max. 6/min. at 1000 VA resistive load
(in accordance with IEC 60947-5-1) (in accordance with IEC 60947-5-1) (in accordance with IEC 60947-5-1) (in accordance with IEC 60947-5-1)
3
Overvoltage category III (in accordance with IEC 60664-1) III (in accordance with IEC 60664-1) III (in accordance with IEC 60664-1) III (in accordance with IEC 60664-1)
Rated surge voltage 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV 3
Control Signal
Loadable Yes Yes Yes Yes 3
3
Maximum cable length 10m 10m 10m 10m
Trigger level (sensitivity) Automatic adaption to Automatic adaption to Automatic adaption to Automatic adaption to
supply voltage supply voltage supply voltage supply voltage
Minimum control pulse length DC 50 ms/AC 100 ms DC 50 ms/AC 100 ms DC 50 ms/AC 100 ms DC 50 ms/AC 100 ms
3
Note
1 Refer to Function Code Cross-Reference Guide on Page V7-T3-167 for function details.
3
3
3
3
Timing Relays
Universal TR Timing Relays, continued

3 Description TRL04 TRL07 TRL27 TRW27
3 Accuracy
Base accuracy ±1% of maximum scale value ±1% of maximum scale value ±1% of maximum scale value ±1% of maximum scale value
3 Adjustment accuracy <5% of maximum scale value <5% of maximum scale value <5% of maximum scale value <5% of maximum scale value
Repetition accuracy <0.5% or ±5 ms <0.5% or ±5 ms <0.5% or ±5 ms <0.5% or ±5 ms
3 Temperature influence <0.01% / °C <0.01% / °C <0.01% / °C <0.01% / °C
3 Physical
Ambient temperature –25 to 55 °C –25 to 55 °C –25 to 55 °C –25 to 55 °C
3 Storage temperature –25 to 70 °C –25 to 70 °C –25 to 70 °C –25 to 70 °C

Relative humidity 15% to 85% (in accordance 15% to 85% (in accordance 15% to 85% (in accordance 15% to 85% (in accordance
3 with IEC 60721-3-3 Class 3K3) with IEC 60721-3-3 Class 3K3) with IEC 60721-3-3 Class 3K3) with IEC 60721-3-3 Class 3K3)
Pollution degree 2, if built in 3 (in accordance 2, if built in 3 (in accordance 2, if built in 3 (in accordance 2, if built in 3 (in accordance
3 with IEC 60664-1) with IEC 60664-1) with IEC 60664-1) with IEC 60664-1)
Housing material Self-extinguishing plastic housing, Self-extinguishing plastic housing, Self-extinguishing plastic housing, Self-extinguishing plastic housing,
3 Mounting
IP40 rating
Mounted on DIN rail TS 35 according
IP40 rating
IP40 rating
IP40 rating
3 Terminal rating
to EN 60715, any position
Shockproof terminal connection
3
according to VBG 4 (PZ1 required), according to VBG 4 (PZ1 required), according to VBG 4 (PZ1 required), according to VBG 4 (PZ1 required),
IP20 rating IP20 rating IP20 rating IP20 rating
Tightening torque Max. 1 Nm Max. 1 Nm Max. 1 Nm Max. 1 Nm
3
3 Terminal Capacity
3
Description
1 x 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 with/without multicore cable end
3 1 x 4 mm2 without multicore cable end

2 x 0.5 to 1.5 mm2 with/without multicore cable end
3 2 x 2.5 mm2 flexible without multicore cable end
3 Wiring Diagrams
3 Single-Pole, Double-Throw Units (SPDT)— Double-Pole, Double-Throw Units (DPDT)—
TRL04 and TRL07 TRL27 and TRW27
3 (+) (+)
U= U=
3 (–) (–)
S (Used only for
3 S (Used only for
control switch
control switch
triggered functions)
triggered functions)
3 15 15 25
A1 B1 A1 B1
3
A1 15 A1 15 25
3 R R R
3 A2 16 18 A2 16 18 26 28
3 A2 A2
16 18 16 18 26 28
3
3
3
3
Timing Relays
3.8
Dimensions
17.5 mm (TRL04 and TRL07) 35 mm (TRL27 and TRW27) 3
3
3
1.77 3.43
(45.0) (87.0)
1.77 3.43
(45.0) (87.0)
3
3
3
0.20 1.73 0.20 1.73
3
(44.0) 0.69 (44.0) 1.38
3
(5.0) (5.0)
2.36 (17.5) 2.36 (35.0)
(60.0) (60.0)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Timing Relays
Contents
3 TR Series
Description Page
3 Universal TR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-172
TR Series
3 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-177
3 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-177
3 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-178
3
TMR5 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-179
TMR6 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-183
3 TMRP Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-185
3
3
3
3 TR Series
3 Product Description Features Operation
The upgraded TR Series ● 20 time ranges and 10 TRNP and TRNB
3 Timing Relays are designed timing functions
to meet most timing ● Time delays from 0.1 sec
3 requirements by offering to 600 hrs 4 5
1 2 3
more flexibility in range of ● Space-saving, compact 3 6
4 5 6
3 input voltage, timing range

and functionality. Use a rotary
package 2 7
7 8 9
● High repeat accuracy of 1 8 A B
switch to choose from
3 20 selectable time ranges ± 0.2%
(–/+) (–/–)
(–/+) (–/–)
from 0.1 second to 600 ● LED indication
3 hours. We offer both a power ● Standard 8- or 11-pin and TRNP TRNB
triggered and signal triggered 11-blade termination
3 model—each with expanded
operation modes. There is a
● 2 Form C DPDT delayed TRFP and TRFB
output contacts
3 green LED to indicate when
power is ON and an orange
● 10 A contact rating
External
External
LED when output is ON. Control Start Control Start
3 Signal Signal
1 2 3
5 6 7
3 3
4 8
9
4
7
5
8
6
9
2 10
3 1 11 A B
(–/+) (–/–) (–/+) (–/–)

3 TRFP TRFB
3
3 ● cULus listed
● CSA
3 ● CE marked
3 TUV
●
TUV
3
3
3
Timing Relays
3.8
3
TR N P 240 AC 3
3
Family Type Input Voltage
TR 24AD = 24 Vac
(50/60 Hz)/24 Vdc
3
240AC = 100–240 Vac
3
Operational Mode
(50/60 Hz)
N = Power Triggered F = Signal Triggered
A = ON delay A = ON delay, control signal start
B = Interval
C = Flasher (pause first)
(leading edge OFF)
B = Flasher, control signal start
Model Type
P = Pin/octal
3
D = Flasher (ON first) (pause first)
3
B = Blade style
C = Flasher, control signal Start
(ON first)
D = Signal ON/OFF delay
E = OFF delay 3
F = Single shot leading edge with
control input 3
3
Product Selection Accessories
TR Plug-In Timing Relays—Power Triggered Sockets for Use with TR Timers—Standard Pack of 10
3
Octal
Catalog
Blade
Catalog Timing Relay Terminal Style
Catalog
Number
3
3
Coil Voltage Number Number TRNP 8-pin octal D3PA2
24 Vac/Vdc TRNP24AD TRNB24AD TRFP 11-pin octal D3PA3
100–240 Vac TRNP240AC TRNB240AC TRNB, TRFB 0.187 in solder/QC terminals D5PA2 3
(blade style)
3
TR Plug-In Timing Relays—Signal Triggered
Octal Blade 3
Catalog Catalog
Coil Voltage Number Number
3
24 Vac/Vdc TRFP24AD TRFB24AD
100–240 Vac TRFP240AC TRFB240AC 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Timing Relays
Technical Data and Specifications Dimensions

General
3 Description Specification
TR Series Dimensions and Weights
3 Operation system
Time range
Solid-state CMOS circuit
0.1 sec to 600 hours
Dimensions
TRNP, TRFP 1.58H x 1.42W x 3.07D in. (40H x 36W x 77.9D mm)
3 Pollution degree 2 (IE60664-1)
TRNB, TRFB 1.58H x 1.42W x 2.95D in. (40H x 36W x 74.9D mm)
Overvoltage category III (IE60664-1)
3 Rated operational voltage Weights
240 AC 100–240 Vac (50/60 Hz) TRNP 87g
3 24 AC 24 Vac (50/60 Hz)/24 Vdc TRFP 89g
12 DC 12 Vdc TRNB, TRFB 85g

3 Voltage tolerance
3 240 AC
24 AC
85–264 Vac (50/60 Hz)
20.4–26.4 Vac (50/60 Hz)/21.6–26.4 Vdc
3 12 DC 10.8–13.2 Vdc
Input OFF voltage Rated voltage x 10% minimum
3 Ambient operating temperature –4 to 149 °F (–20 to 65 °C)

Reset time 100 ms maximum
3 Repeat error ± 0.2%, ± 20 ms 1
Voltage error ± 0.2%, ± 20 ms 1 3.07 (77.9) 2.95 (74.9)
3 Temperature error ± 0.5%, ± 20 ms 1 Pin (P) Type Blade (B) Type
3 Setting error
Insulation resistance
± 10% maximum
100M ohm minimum (500 Vdc) Note
3
1 For the value of the error against a preset time, whichever value is larger should apply.
Dielectric strength
Between power and output terminals 2000 Vac, 1 minute
3 Between contacts of different poles 2000 Vac, 1 minute
Between contacts of same pole 1000 Vac, 1 minute
3 Vibration resistance 10–55 Hz amplitude 0.5 mm;
2 hrs in each of 3 axes
3 Shock resistance
Operating extremes 10G
3 Damage limits —
TRNP, TRFP 40G (3x in each of 3 axes)
3 TRNB, TRFB 10G (3x in each of 3 axes)
3 Power consumption (approx.)

240 AC 6.5 VA TRNP, TRNB/6.6 VA TRFP, TRFB
3 240 Vac/60 Hz 11.6 VA TRNP, TRNB/12.1 VA TRFP, TRFB

24 AC (AC/DC) 3.4 VA–1.7 W TRNP, TRNB/3.5 VA–1.7 W TRFP,
3 12 DC
TRFB
1.6 W
3
TR Series Contact Ratings
3
Contact configuration 2 Form C, DPDT (delayed output)
Allowable voltage/current 240 Vac, 30 Vdc/10 A
3 Max. permissible operating frequency 1800 cycles per hour

Rated load
3 Resistive 10 A, 240 Vac/30 Vdc

Inductive 7 A, 240 Vac/30 Vdc
3 Horsepower rating 1/6 hp 120 Vac, 1/3 hp 240 Vac
Life
3 Electrical 500,000 operations minimum (resistive)
3
Mechanical 50,000,000 operations minimum
Timing Relays
3.8
Contents
TMR5 Series
Description Page
3
Universal TR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-172 3
TR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-176
TMR5 Series 3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-180
3
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-181
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-182
TMR6 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TMRP Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V7-T3-183
V7-T3-185
3
3
3
3
TMR5 Series 3
The TMR5 Series Time ● Single timing range for ● cRUus
Delay Relays are designed each unit ● UL listed (with Eaton socket) 3
for a broad range of ● Ranges available from ● RoHS compliant
OEM applications. The
TMR5 Series offers
0.02 sec to 24 hours ● CE marked 3
● Wide variety of functions
non-programmable plug-in
style timers with a variety
available 3
of functions available. Each
● Plugs into standard 8- or with
unit offers a single function 11-pin socket Eaton
socket 3
and single input voltage, and ● 10 A DPDT output contacts
operates over a defined time
delay range. Units with fixed
● Can be easily customized 3
to meet your needs
time delays are also available.
Eaton also offers
3
customization capabilities for
these timers—remote 3
adjustments, special pin
configurations, and more. 3
Contact us to discuss your
specific application and
design of a custom timer.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Timing Relays

3
3
All configurations from Catalog Number Selection are available. TMR5 N 05 120
3 Family Type Input Voltage
TMR5 120 = 120 Vac/Vdc
3 24 = 24 Vac/Vdc
12 = 12 Vac/Vdc
Operational Mode
240 = 240 Vac/Vdc
3 N
8-Pin Octal Sockets
= ON delay
11-Pin Octal Sockets
F = OFF delay, control switch trigger
Timing Range 2
3
T = Interval ON C = Single shot, control switch trigger
L = Flasher-pause-first W = Watchdog, control switch trigger 04 = 0.05–5 sec
R = Repeat cycle 1 (retriggerable single shot) 05 = 0.1–10 sec
3 (OFF time first followed by

ON time and repeating)
P = OFF delay, power trigger
G = Single shot, power trigger
08 = 0.6–60 sec
12 = 3–300 sec
Y = Repeat cycle 1 D = Watchdog, power trigger (retriggerable 15 = 0.3–30 min
3 (ON time first followed by
OFF time and repeating)
single shot) 16 = 0.6–60 min
22 = 6 sec–10 min
3
3 Product Selection Accessories
3 TMR5 Time Delay Relays Accessories for Use with TMR5 Time Delay Relays
Input Timing Catalog Catalog
3 Voltage Socket Range Number Description Standard Pack Number

ON Delay 8-pin socket 10 D3PA2
3 120 Vac/Vdc 8-pin 0.1–10 sec TMR5N05120 11-pin socket 10 D3PA3-A2

0.6–60 sec TMR5N08120 Hold-down spring 10 D65CHDS
3 24 Vac/Vdc 0.1–10 sec TMR5N0524
3
0.6–60 sec TMR5N0824 Notes
OFF Delay, Control Switch Trigger 1 Indicates DUAL knob unit. All dual knob units can have independently selectable and
adjustable ON and OFF times. If different ON and OFF times are desired, add two codes for
3 120 Vac/Vdc 11-pin 0.1–10 sec TMR5F05120
time ranges in the part number. The first code listed indicates the first timing range of the
0.6–60 sec TMR5F08120 unit (OFF time for R, ON time for Y) and the second code indicates the second timing range
3 24 Vac/Vdc 0.1–10 sec TMR5F0524

(ON time for R, OFF Time for Y).
2 Fixed time delay settings are available for orders of 50 pieces or more. Contact EatonCare for
0.6–60 sec TMR5F0824 additional information at 877-ETN-CARE (386-2273).

3 Interval ON
3 120 Vac/Vdc 8-pin 0.1–10 sec

0.6–60 sec
TMR5T05120
TMR5T08120
3 24 Vac/Vdc 0.1–10 sec TMR5T0524

0.6–60 sec TMR5T0824
3 Single Shot, Control Switch Trigger
120 Vac/Vdc 11-pin 0.1–10 sec TMR5C05120
3 0.6–60 sec TMR5C08120
3 24 Vac/Vdc 0.1–10 sec TMR5C0524

0.6–60 sec TMR5C0824
3 Repeat Cycle
(OFF Time First Followed by ON Time and Repeating)
3 120 Vac/Vdc 8-pin 0.1–10 sec TMR5R05120

0.6–60 sec TMR5R08120
3 24 Vac/Vdc 0.1–10 sec TMR5R0524
0.6–60 sec TMR5R0824
3 Repeat Cycle
(ON Time First Followed by OFF Time and Repeating)
3 120 Vac/Vdc 8-pin 0.1–10 sec TMR5Y05120
3
0.6–60 sec TMR5Y08120
24 Vac/Vdc 0.1–10 sec TMR5Y0524
3 0.6–60 sec TMR5Y0824
Timing Relays
3.8
Technical Data and Specifications Wiring Diagrams
3
TMR5 Time Delay Relays Wiring for 8-Pin Units Wiring for 11-Pin Control
Switch Trigger Units 3
Control
Voltage tolerance
AC operation +10/–15% of nominal at 50/60 Hz 4 5
Switch 3
3 6
3
DC operation +10/–15% of nominal 6 7
5
Load burden 2 VA 4 8
2 7
1 8 3 9
Setting accuracy
Maximum setting (adjustable) +5%, –0%
(DC)+ −(DC) 2
1 11
10 3
L1 L2
3
Minimum setting (adjustable) +0%, –50%
Fixed time delay Input Voltage
(DC)+ (DC)−
< 2 seconds +1%
3
L1 L2
0.1–2 seconds ±5% Input Voltage
Repeat accuracy (constant voltage and temperature)
> 2 seconds delay ±0.1% 3
Wiring for 11-Pin Power
3
0.1–2 seconds delay ±2%
Reset time
Trigger Units
3
ON Delay/interval/repeat cycle 0.1 second Power
OFF Delay/single shot/watchdog 0.04 second Trigger *
+ −
Startup time (time from when power is applied until unit is timing)
120 and 240 V units 0.05 second
3
5 6 7
12, 24 and 48 V units
Maintain function time (time unit
0.08 second
0.01 second 3
4 8
9
3
continues to time after power is
3
2 10
removed) 1 11
Temperature
12–120 V input voltage –18 to 150 °F (–28 to 65 °C) (DC)+ (DC)− 3
240 V input voltage –18 to 122 °F (–28 to 50 °C) L1 L2
Insulation voltage 2000 V Input Voltage
* Should Be Same Voltage
3
Output contacts DPDT 10 A @ 240 Vac/30 Vdc,
1/2 hp @ 120/240 Vac (NO contacts)
1/3 hp @ 120/240 Vac (NC contacts)
as Input Voltage
3
B300 and R300; AC-15 and DC-13
Life
3
Mechanical 10,000,000 operations
Full load 100,000 operations 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Timing Relays
Dimensions
3 TMR5
3 Dual Knob
Only
3
3 2.40
(61.0)
3
3
2.90 (73.7)
3 1.70
(43.2) 3.50 (88.9)
3
D3PA2 Socket D3PA3 Socket
3 6–32 x 0.312 Combination 6–32 x 0.312 Combination
Head Screw and Pressure Clamping Plate Head Screw and Pressure Clamp
3 (8 places) (11 places)
3 2.14
Two 0.165
(4.2) Dia.
Two 0.17
(4.3) Dia.
Slots 2.05 Holes
(54.3)
3 2.03
(52.1)
Max.
(51.6)
3 0.15 (3.8)
0.82 (20.8) 2.06
1.30 0.13–0.16 0.58 (14.7)
3
(52.3)
(33.0) 0.58 (14.7) (3.2–4.0) 0.77 (19.6)
1.60 0.97 2.33 (59.2) 0.97
3 (40.6) (24.6) Max. (24.6)
Max. Tolerances: ± 0.010 Max. Tolerances: ± 0.010
± (0.25) ± (0.25)
3 Unless Otherwise Shown Unless Otherwise Shown
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Timing Relays
3.8
Contents
TMR6 Series
Description Page
3
TR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-176
TMR5 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-179 3
TMR6 Series
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-184 3
3
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-184
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TMRP Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V7-T3-184
V7-T3-185
3
3
3
3
TMR6 Series 3
Product Description Features Operation 3
Most electronic time delay ● Provides OFF delay True OFF Delay
relays with an OFF delay function without requiring Upon application of input Voltage must be applied for 3
function require input voltage input voltage during OFF voltage, the relay is a minimum of 0.1 second to
to be applied continuously time delay energized. When the input assure proper operation. 3
in order to operate correctly. ● Duplicates operation of voltage is removed, the Any application of the input
However, there are many
applications where this is
pneumatic OFF delay preset time begins. At the voltage during the preset 3
timers end of the preset time, the time will keep the relay
not possible—-keeping a
relay energized for some
● Each unit has eight timing
ranges built in, covering
relay is de-energized. energized and reset the time
delay. No external trigger
3
amount of time after input
voltage has been removed.
0.05 seconds to
30 minutes
switch is required.
3
Eaton’s TMR6 true OFF True OFF Delay
Selecting a range is easy
3
●
delay product provides
this function even when using a rotary switch Input ON
(no math is required or Power
input voltage is removed.
It duplicates the operation DIP switches to set) (Voltage)
OFF
3
of the older OFF delay ● Uses industry-standard
pneumatic time delay relays. 8-pin octal socket 3
● 10 A DPDT output contacts ON
Output
(Load)
Delay 3
Timing Ranges
Select one of the eight timing
OFF
3
ranges using the selector
knob, and then adjust the
time within that range for an
3
accurate delay setting. ● cRUus 3
Timing Ranges ● UL listed (with Eaton socket)
Dial Setting Timing Range ● RoHS compliant 3
● CE marked
3
A 0.05–5 sec.
B 0.1–10 sec.
C 0.3–30 sec.
with
Eaton
3
D 0.6–60 sec.
socket
E 1.8–180 sec. 3
F 3–300 sec.
G 0.1–10 min. 3
H 0.3–30 min
3
Timing Relays
Catalog Number Selection Wiring Diagram

3
All configurations from Catalog Number Selection are available. Wiring for 8-Pin Units
3 TMR6 X 00 120
3 3
4 5
6
Family Type Input Voltage
3 TMR6 120 = 120 Vac/Vdc
2
1 8
7
24 = 24 Vac/Vdc (DC)+ −(DC)

3 Operational Mode 240 = 240 Vac/Vdc L1 L2
X = True OFF delay
3
Timing Range Input Voltage
00 = Programmable
3
Product Selection Dimensions
3 TMR6 True OFF Delay Relays
Input Timing Catalog
TMR6
3
Voltage Range Number
True OFF Delay
3 120 Vac/Vdc 0.05 sec–30 min

(user selectable, 8 ranges)
TMR6X00120
2.40
24 Vac/Vdc TMR6X0024
3 240 Vac/Vdc TMR6X00240
(61.0)
3
Accessories
3 1.70
2.90 (73.7)
(43.2) 3.50 (88.9)

Accessories for Use with TMR6 Time Delay Relays
3 Catalog
Description Standard Pack Number
3 8-pin socket 10 D3PA2
D3PA2 Socket
6–32 x 0.312 Combination
3 Hold-down spring 10 D65CHDS Head Screw and Pressure Clamping Plate
(8 places)
3 Technical Data and Specifications Two 0.165

(4.2) Dia.
3
2.14
Slots
TMR6 Time Delay Relays (54.3)
2.03
3
(51.6)
Voltage tolerance
3 AC operation
DC operation
+10/–15% of nominal at 50/60 Hz
+10/–15% of nominal
1.30
(33.0)
0.82 (20.8)
0.58 (14.7)
3 Load burden
Setting accuracy
2 VA 1.60
(40.6)
0.97
(24.6)
Max. Tolerances: ± 0.010 Max.
3 Maximum setting (adjustable)

Minimum setting (adjustable)
+5%, –0%
+0%, –50%
± (0.25)
Unless Otherwise Shown
3 Repeat accuracy (constant voltage

and temperature)
±0.1% or 50 ms, whichever is greater
3 Temperature
Insulation voltage
–18 to 150 °F (–28 to 65 °C)
2,000 V
3 Output contacts DPDT 10 A @ 240 Vac/30 Vdc,

1/2 hp @ 120/240 Vac (NO contacts)
1/3 hp @ 120/240 Vac (NC contacts)
3 B300 and R300; AC-15 and DC-13
Life
3 Mechanical 2,000,000 operations
Full load 100,000 operations
3
3
Timing Relays
3.8
Contents
TMRP Series
Description Page
3
TR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-176
TMR5 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-179 3
TMR6 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-183
TMRP Series 3
3
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-187
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-187
3
3
3
3
TMRP Series 3
Product Description Application Description Features 3
Eaton’s TMRP Series timers A timing relay is a simple ● Multiple user-selectable ● Flexible design for back-
combine flexibility with ease form of time-based control, timing functions and timing panel, through-panel 3
of use and installation to allowing the user to open or ranges in a single unit (45 mm x 45 mm cutout),
make the most versatile timer
in our offering. The thumb-
close the contacts based on
a specified timing function.
reduce product variations
and stock keeping units
or DIN rail mounting 3
● SPDT or DPDT contacts
wheel setting design allows
for quick selection and review
The TMRP series is equipped
with a set of thumb-wheel ●
(SKUs)
Universal input voltages
with 12 A ratings
3
● Plastic dust cover keeps
of up to 10 timing functions style selector switches, which from 12–240 Vac/Vdc
and seven timing ranges. The can easily be set to a specific eliminate the need to
out contaminants and
eliminates accidental set
3
TMRP units can be mounted function and time, thereby order and stock separate point changes
in a 1/16 DIN cutout or on a
DIN rail with our D3 series
reducing the number of
product variations required.
coil voltages ● Use with standard Eaton 3
● Timing ranges up to 9990 D3 sockets—see Technical
sockets. Input voltage is 12–
240 Vac/Vdc to work with all
The universal input voltage
of 12–240 Vac/Vdc further
hours Data and Specifications 3
popular control voltages. reduces the number of
● Dual LED indication makes
product variations. troubleshooting easy 3
The TMRP timers are ideal
for high-variability operations,
LED Indicator
3
LED Description Function
such as systems integrators,
distributors, and small equip- Solid green “Input” Supply voltage present 3
ment manufacturers. The Solid red “Output” Relay energized
flexible enclosure design Slowly flashing red “Output” Timing cycle activated, relay not energized 3
allows for back-panel mounting,
through-panel mounting, or
DIN rail mounting.
Rapidly flashing red “Output” Timing cycle activated, relay energized
3
3
● UL recognized
3
●
●
CE marked
RoHS compliant
3
3
3
3
3
Timing Relays
Product Selection
3
3 TMRP5100
TMRP Timing Relays
Catalog
3
Supply Voltage Description Number
10-Function
3 12–240 Vac/Vdc Control switch trigger, DPDT TMRP5100

Control switch trigger, SPDT TMRP5101
3 Power trigger, DPDT TMRP5102
3
3
3 Technical Data and Specifications
3 TMRP Timing Relays

Description TMRP5100 TMRP5101 TMRP5102
3 Functions 1 A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J A, B, C
Time range 0.1 sec to 9,990 hours 0.1 sec to 9,990 hours 0.1 sec to 9,990 hours
3 Input
3 Supply voltage
Supply voltage tolerance
12–240 Vac/Vdc
±15%
12–240 Vac/Vdc
±15%
12–240 Vac/Vdc
±15%
3 Rated consumption 2.5 VA (2 W) maximum 2.5 VA (2 W) maximum 2.5 VA (2 W) maximum

Reset time 150 ms 150 ms 150 ms
3 Reverse polarity protection Yes Yes Yes
3
Operate time 25 ms maximum 25 ms maximum 25 ms maximum
Release time 25 ms maximum 25 ms maximum 25 ms maximum
3 Rated surge voltage 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV

Output
3 Contact configuration DPDT SPDT DPDT
Contact rating (AC) 12 A resistive at 120, 240 UL 508 12 A resistive at 120, 240 UL 508 12 A resistive at 120, 240 UL 508
3 Contact rating (DC) 12 A resistive at 30 UL 508 12 A resistive at 30 UL 508 12 A resistive at 30 UL 508
3 Contact rating horsepower

Contact rating pilot duty
1/2 at 120 Vac, 1 at 240 Vac
A300, 720 VA at 240 Vac
1/2 at 120 Vac, 1 at 240 Vac
A300, 720 VA at 240 Vac
1/2 at 120 Vac, 1 at 240 Vac
A300, 720 VA at 240 Vac
3 Minimum load 12 V/100 mA 12 V/100 mA 12 V/100 mA

Contact material Silver-nickel 90/10 Silver-nickel 90/10 Silver-nickel 90/10
3 Contact resistance 100 milliohms max. at 1 A 12 Vdc 100 milliohms max. at 1 A 12 Vdc 100 milliohms max. at 1 A 12 Vdc
Mechanical life—full load 10 million operations 10 million operations 10 million operations
3 Electrical life—full load 100,000 operations 100,000 operations 100,000 operations
3 Control Signal
Minimum control pulse length 50 ms minimum 50 ms minimum 50 ms minimum
3 Accuracy
Repetition accuracy 0.10% at constant voltage and temperature 0.10% at constant voltage and temperature 0.10% at constant voltage and temperature
3 Physical
3
Ambient temperature –10 to 55 °C –10 to 55 °C –10 to 55 °C
Storage temperature –40 to 85 °C –40 to 85 °C –40 to 85 °C
3 Mounting Use with D3PA3 socket Use with D3PA2 socket Use with D3PA2 socket
Note
3 1 Refer to Function Code Cross-Reference Guide on Page V7-T3-167 for function details.
3
3
Timing Relays
3.8
Wiring Diagrams
3
TMRP5100 TMRP5101 TMRP5102
3
External Control Switch

External Control Switch
4 5 4 5
3
3 6 3 6
5
6
7
Instant if 6–7 Shorted
2 7 2 7
3
4 8 1 8 1 8
3
3 9
2
1 11
10 INPUT INPUT 3
3
INPUT 3
3
Dimensions 3
TMRP Series 3
3
4 5
6
1.88 0.06 2.83
7
(47.8) (1.5) (71.9) 1 8
3
OUTPUT
INPUT
R.045 3
1.88 1.76 8-Pin Octal Base
3
TIME TIME
FUNCTION SET BASE
(47.8) (44.7)
A 0 0 0 S
3
3
6
0.25 0.64 5 7
(6.4) (16.3)
4
3.15
3
(80.0)
3
10
2
1 11
11-Pin Octal Base

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Alternating Relays
Contents
3 D85 Series—Alternating Relays
Description Page
3 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-189
3 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-190
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-192
3
3
3
3
3
3
3 Product Description Features
3 Alternating relays are used
in applications where the
The D853 Series is designed
for use with three-switch
Each of the D85 Series
alternating relays is available
●
●
For duplex loads
Works with one-, two-, or
optimization of load usage is applications (LEAD, LAG and with an optional three-
3 required by equalizing the run STOP). The D853 Series position selector switch, ●
three-switch applications
Compact plug-in design
time of two loads. They are combines a standard DPDT which allows the unit to
3 also used where additional Cross-Wired alternating relay, alternate the two loads as
using industry standard
sockets
capacity is required in case contactor auxiliary contacts, normal, or lock the relay to
3 10 A SPDT or DPDT output
●
of excess load requirements. and a control relay into one one load or the other. By
This alternating action is compact and economical locking the alternating relay to configurations
Optional low profile
3
●
initiated by a control switch— product. This saves space one load, the other load can
such as a float switch, manual and labor, while reducing the be removed for service selector switch to lock in
switch, timing relay, pressure number of components without rewiring the first load one sequence
3 switch or other isolated needed. The D853 Series for continuous operation. The ● Two LEDs indicate relay
contact. Each time the uses Sequence On– selector switch has a low status
3 initiating switch is opened, Simultaneous Off (S.O.S.O.) profile to prevent any ● D853 Series replaces
the output relay contacts will operation, where the two accidental actuation. separate components in
3 change state, thus alternating
the two loads. Two LED
loads are energized
sequentially, but remain on
duplex panel—saving
space and reducing labor
3 indicators show the status of
the output relay.
together until the STOP
switch is opened. This device
also protects against failure of Standards and
3 The D851 and D852 Series
Relays are used with one
the STOP and LEAD Certifications
switches. If both switches ● CE
3 control switch and are
available in either SPDT or
fail, the two pump motors will ● cRUus
be energized simultaneously
DPDT output configurations ● UL listed 1
3 with or without a selector
when the LAG switch is
closed. ● RoHS compliant
switch to lock in one
3 sequence. The D852X Series
Relays are available in DPDT
3 cross-wired output
configurations for use with
Note
3 one or two control switches
(LEAD and LAG).
1 When used with appropriate Eaton
socket.
3
3
3
3
Alternating Relays
3.9
Product Selection
3
D85 Series—Alternating Relays 1
Control Catalog 3
Output Contacts Voltage Socket Number
SPDT 12 Vac 8-pin D851NR 3
SPDT
SPDT
24 Vac
120 Vac
8-pin
8-pin
D851NT
D851NA
3
SPDT 240 Vac 8-pin D851NB 3
SPDT w/selector switch 12 Vac 8-pin D851LR
SPDT w/selector switch 24 Vac 8-pin D851LT 3
SPDT w/selector switch 120 Vac 8-pin D851LA
SPDT w/selector switch 240 Vac 8-pin D851LB
3
DPDT
DPDT
12 Vac
24 Vac
11-pin
11-pin
D852NR
D852NT
3
DPDT 120 Vac 11-pin D852NA 3
DPDT 240 Vac 11-pin D852NB
DPDT w/selector switch 12 Vac 11-pin D852LR 3
3
DPDT w/selector switch 24 Vac 11-pin D852LT
DPDT w/selector switch 120 Vac 11-pin D852LA
DPDT w/selector switch 240 Vac 11-pin D852LB
3
DPDT cross-wired 12 Vac 8-pin D852XNR
DPDT cross-wired 24 Vac 8-pin D852XNT 3
DPDT cross-wired 120 Vac 8-pin D852XNA
DPDT cross-wired 240 Vac 8-pin D852XNB 3
DPDT cross-wired w/selector switch
DPDT cross-wired w/selector switch
12 Vac
24 Vac
8-pin
8-pin
D852XLR
D852XLT
3
DPDT cross-wired w/selector switch 120 Vac 8-pin D852XLA 3
DPDT cross-wired w/selector switch 240 Vac 8-pin D852XLB
3
Accessories
3
D85 Series—Alternating Relays
Standard Catalog 3
Description Pack Number
8-pin socket 10 D3PA2 3
11-pin socket
Hold-down spring
10
10
D3PA3-A2
D65CHDS
3
Note 3
1 Contact Eaton for relays for 3-switch applications (Lead-Lag-Stop).
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Alternating Relays

3
D85 Series—Alternating Relays
Voltage tolerance +10%/-15% of control voltage at 50/60 Hz
3 Load (burden) Less than 3 VA
Output contacts 10 A resistive at 240 Vac / 30 Vdc, 1/2 hp at 120/240 Vac (NO), 1/3 hp at 120/240 Vac (NC)
3 Mechanical life 10,000,000 operations
3 Electrical life
Temperature
100,000 operations
–20 °F to +150 °F (–28 ° to 65 °C)
3 Transient protection
Indicator LEDs
10,000 volts for 20 microseconds
2 LEDs marked LOAD A and LOAD B
3 Optional selector switch settings ALTERNATE, LOCK LOAD A, LOCK LOAD B
3 Wiring Diagrams
D851 Series Relays, SPDT D852 Series Relays, DPDT D852X Series Relays, D853 Series Relays,
3 DPDT Cross-Wired Three-Switch Applications
3 Input
Voltage L1
Input
Voltage L2 L1
Input
Voltage L2 L1
Input Voltage
Stop
L2
L2 L1 Control
3
Control
Switch Switch
4 5 4 5
4 5 6 7 Lag 3 6
3
5 Lag 3 6
3 6 4 8 Load
2 7 Load 2 7
3 9 B 1 8 B
2 7 1 8
2 10
3
1 8
1 11 Lead Lead
Load A: Pin 2 Load Load

Load A: Pins 3 or 11
3 Load B: Pin 8 A A
Load B: Pins 1 or 9
3 Typical Installations for SPDT and DPDT Alternating Relays, Typical Installations for SPDT and DPDT Alternating Relays,
Standard Installation Anti-Bounce Installation
3 L1 L2 L1 L2
3 M2
M2
SPDT
3 1 O/L M1
3 Control
2 M1 M1
Switch O/L SPDT

3 5
8 M2 1
2
3 Off
Control
Switch
4 3 5
8
3
4 3
3
3 In the OFF state (standard When the control switch When the control switch To eliminate any bounce
installation), the control opens, the first load (M1) is opens, the second load (M2) condition of the control
3 switch is open, the
alternating relay is in the
turned off and the alternating
relay toggles to the LOAD B
is turned off, the alternating
relay toggles back to the
switch, the addition of a
second switch (OFF) along
LOAD A position, and both position. When the control LOAD A position, and the with two auxiliary contacts is
3 loads (M1 and M2) are off. switch closes again, it process can be repeated recommended as shown in
When the control switch energizes the second load again. On relays with DPDT the Anti-Bounce Installation.
3 closes, it energizes the first (M2). The red LED marked contacts, two pilot lights can
load (M1). The red LED “LOAD B” glows. be used for remote indication
3 marked “LOAD A” glows. As
long as the control switch
of LOAD A or LOAD B status.
3 remains closed, M1 remains

energized.
Alternating Relays
3.9
Typical Installations for DPDT Cross-Wired Alternating Typical Installations for DPDT Cross-Wired Alternating
Relays, Standard Installation Relays, Anti-Bounce Installation 3
L1 L2 L1
M2
L2
3
Cross-Wired
M2
3
M1
Lag
2 O/L M1 3
8 M1 Cross-Wired
Lead
Lag 3
2
1 O/L 8
7 M2
Off Lead
3
1
7 3
3 6 3
3 6
3
In the OFF state, both the LEAD control switch and the LAG
control switch are open, the alternating relay is in the LOAD A
When the LEAD control switch closes, it turns on the second
load (M2). The red LED marked “LOAD B” glows. If the LAG 3
position, and both loads are off. When the LEAD control switch control switch closes, it will energize the first load (M1). When
closes, it energizes the first load (M1). The red LED marked the LAG control switch opens, the first load (M1) is turned off. 3
“LOAD A” glows. As long as the LEAD control switch remains When the LEAD control switch opens, the second load (M2) is
closed, M1 remains energized. If the LAG control switch closes, turned off, the alternating relay toggles back to the LOAD A 3
it energizes the second load (M2). position, and the process can be repeated again.
When the LAG control switch opens, the second load (M2) is To eliminate any bounce condition of the control switch, the 3
turned off. When the LEAD control switch opens, the first load addition of a second switch (OFF) along with two auxiliary
(M1) is turned off and the alternating relay toggles to the LOAD contacts is recommended as shown in the Anti-Bounce 3
B position. Installation.
3
Typical Installations for DPDT Cross-Wired Relays for Three-Switch Applications
Lag
3
3
M1 Switch O/L
L1 2
8 M1
L2
M1
Motor
Lead
Switch
O/L
3
1 1
L3
M1
Stop
7 M2
3
Switch
L1
M2 4 3
L2
M2
Motor
L1 3 3
2
L3
M2 L2 6
3
In the OFF state, all three switches are open, the alternating relay The alternating relay toggles to the LOAD B position. The entire
3
is in the LOAD A position, and both loads are off. No action
happens with the alternating relay or either load when the STOP
cycle is then repeated, but with Load #2 (M2) energized first
followed by Load #1 (M1). This type of operation is known as 3
switch closes. When the LEAD switch closes, Load #1 (M1) turns “Sequence On–Simultaneously Off (S.O.S.O.)”—the two loads
on. When the LAG switch closes, Load #2 (M2) turns on. Both are energized sequentially, but remain on together until the 3
loads remain on as long as all three switches are closed. STOP switch is opened.
When the LAG switch opens, Load #2 (M2) remains on because If both the STOP switch and LEAD switch fail to close and turn 3
the STOP switch is still closed. When the LEAD switch opens, on the first load, both loads will be turned on simultaneously
Load #1 (M1) remains on because the STOP switch is still when the LAG switch is closed. 3
closed. When the STOP switch opens, both Load #1 (M1) and
Load #2 (M2) are turned off simultaneously. 3
3
3
Alternating Relays
Dimensions
3
3
2.4
3 (60)
3
3 2.9
(74)
1.7 3.1
3 (43) (79)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Safety Relays
3.10
Contents
Safety Relays
Description Page
3
Safety Relays 3
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-198
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Standards and 3
Product Description Application Description Features Certifications
Safety relays are intended to Eaton’s ESR5 safety relays ● Use for the highest ● UL 508; CSA C22.2 No
3
reliably monitor the signals
from safety devices at all
provide optimal safety and a
high degree of reliability on
safety requirements in
accordance with EN 954-1 ●
14-95; CE Marked
UL/cUL file number:
3
times and switch off quickly plant machinery. Applications EN ISO 13849-1,
and reliably in an emergency. that meet the highest IEC 62061 and EC 61508 ●
E29184
Degree of protection: IP20
3
Single-channel and dual safety requirements in ● Suitable for the world TÜV Rhineland certified
3
●
channel versions are available accordance with EN 954-1, market with UL, cUL
for the construction of safety EN ISO 13849-1 up to PL e certifications and TÜV
● UL/cULus listed
applications. The internal
logic of the safety relays
and accordance with
IEC 62061 up to SILCL 3
Rhineland functional
safety certifications
3
3
monitors the safety circuits can be realized with the ● Applicable for EN 60204
(emergency stop, guard door, ESR5 safety relay. stop categories 0 or 1
and so on) and activates the
enable paths in a fault-free Compatible with a wide
variety of safety devices:
● Plug-in screw terminals
for fast and fault-free
3
condition. Upon actuation of
the safety device or in the
even of a fault, the enable
● Emergency stops ●
replacement
Multi-voltage versions
3
● Rope pulls
paths are switched off. Any
faults that occur in the control
● Two-hand control stations
(24–230 Vac/Vdc) for a
flexible range of application 3
circuit, such as ground fault, ● Light curtain (OSSD) Delayed and non-delayed
3
●
cross connection fault or wire ● Gate enable device contact expansions

breakage are also detected. Safety switches accommodate a wide
3
●
variety of applications
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Safety Relays
Product Selection
3
Technical Overview
3 Safety Relays
Safety Signal Removable
Single Dual Safety Output (NO) Output Output Feedback Control Terminal Type of
3 Channel Channel Output (NO) (Delayed) Delay (NC) Output Voltage Blocks Unit Catalog Number
■ — 4 — — 1 — 24 Vac/Vdc ■ Main ESR5-NO-41-24VAC-DC
3 ■ ■ 2 — — 1 — 24 Vac/Vdc ■ Main ESR5-NO-21-24VAC-DC
3
■ ■ 3 — — 1 — 24 Vac/Vdc ■ Main ESR5-NO-31-24VAC-DC
■ ■ 3 — — 1 — 230 Vac ■ Main ESR5-NO-31-230VAC
3 ■ ■ 3 — — 1 — 24–230 Vac/Vdc ■ Main ESR5-NO-31-AC-DC

■ ■ 2 2 0.1–30s — — 24 Vdc ■ Main ESR5-NV3-30
3 — ■ 2 — — 1 — 24 Vac/Vdc ■ Main ESR5-NZ-21-24VAC-DC
■ — 5 — — 1 1 24 Vac/Vdc ■ Expansion ESR5-NE-51-24VAC-DC
3 ■ — — 4 0.3–3s 1 1 24 Vdc ■ Expansion ESR5-VE3-42
3
Application Overview
3 Emergency Safety Light Curtain/ Two-Hand Control Contact Cross Circuit Monitored
Stop Switches OSSD 1 (EN 574 Type III C) Expansion Off-Delayed Recognition Manual Reset 2 Catalog Number
3 ■ ■ — — — — — — ESR5-NO-41-24VAC-DC
3 ■ ■ — — — — ■ — ESR5-NO-21-24VAC-DC
■ ■ — — — — ■ — ESR5-NO-31-24VAC-DC
3 ■ ■ — — — — ■ ■ ESR5-NO-31-230VAC
■ ■ — — — — ■ ■ ESR5-NO-31-AC-DC
3 ■ ■ ■ — — ■ ■ ■ ESR5-NV3-30
3 —
—
■
—
—
—
■
—
—
■
—
—
■
—
—
—
ESR5-NZ-21-24VAC-DC
ESR5-NE-51-24VAC-DC
3 — — — — ■ ■ — — ESR5-VE3-42
3 Application Overview, continued

Single Dual Stop Category Control Category Achievable PL per Achievable SIL per
3 Channel
■
Channel
—
EN 60204
0
to EN 954-1
2
ISO 13849-1
PL d
EN IEC 62061
SIL 3
Catalog Number
ESR5-NO-41-24VAC-DC
3 ■ ■ 0 4 PL e SIL 3 ESR5-NO-21-24VAC-DC
■ ■ 0 4 PL e SIL 3 ESR5-NO-31-24VAC-DC
3 ■ ■ 0 4 PL e SIL 3 ESR5-NO-31-230VAC
3
■ ■ 0 4 PL e SIL 3 ESR5-NO-31-AC-DC
■ ■ 0/1 4 PL e SIL 3 ESR5-NV3-30
3 — ■ 0 4 PL e SIL 3 ESR5-NZ-21-24VAC-DC
■ — 0 4 PL e SIL 3 ESR5-NE-51-24VAC-DC
3 ■ — 1 3 PL d SIL 2 ESR5-VE3-42
3
Notes
1 Laser scanners or light curtains with OSSD outputs.
2 All main units can also be reset automatically or manually.
3
3
3
3
3
3
Safety Relays
3.10
3
Safety Relay
Description Unit ESR5-NO-21_ ESR5-NO-41_ ESR5-NO-31-24VAC-DC ESR5-NZ-21_ 3
3
General
Standards EN ISO 13849-1, IEC 62061, EN ISO 13849-1, IEC 62061, EN ISO 13849-1, IEC 62061, EN ISO 13849-1, IEC 62061,
IEC 61508, DIN EN 50178, IEC 61508, DIN EN 50178, IEC 61508, DIN EN 50178, IEC 61508, DIN EN 50178,
UL/CUL listed UL/CUL listed UL/CUL listed UL/CUL listed 3
Type-dependent standards — — — EN 574 Part no. IIIC
Lifespan, mechanical—c (contacts) x 106 10 10 10 10 3
Maximum operating frequency Ops/h 3600 3600 3600 3600
Climatic proofing Cold according to Dry heat according to Cold according to Dry heat according to 3
EN 60068-2-1, dry heat EN60068-2-2, damp heat EN 60068-2-1, dry heat EN60068-2-2, damp heat
according to EN60068-2-2,
damp heat according to
according to EN 60068-2-3 according to EN60068-2-2,
damp heat according to
according to EN 60068-2-3
3
EN 60068-2-3 EN 60068-2-3
Ambient temperature °F (°C) –4 ° to 131 ° (–20 ° to 55 °) –4 ° to 131 ° (–20 ° to 55 °) –4 ° to 131 ° (–20 ° to 55 °) –4 ° to 131 ° (–20 ° to 55 °) 3
3
Ambient temperature storage °F (°C) –13 ° to 167 ° (–25 ° to 75 °) –13 ° to 167 ° (–25 ° to 75 °) –13 ° to 167 ° (–25 ° to 75 °) –13 ° to 167 ° (–25 ° to 75 °)
Mounting position Any Any Any Any
Vibration resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-6) 2g, frequency: 10–150 Hz,
amplitude: 0.15 mm
2g, frequency: 10–150 Hz,
amplitude: 0.15 mm
2g, frequency: 10–150 Hz,
amplitude: 0.15 mm
2 g, frequency: 10–150 Hz,
amplitude: 0.15 mm 3
Shock resistance (IEC 60068-2-27) — — — —
Protection type 3
Housing IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Terminals IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 3
3
Protection against direct contact when Finger- and back-of-hand Finger- and back-of-hand Finger- and back-of-hand Finger- and back-of-hand
actuated from front (IEC 0106 Part 100) proof proof proof proof
Weight kg 0.17 0.22 0.17 0.22
Terminal capacity 3
Solid or flexible mm2 1 x (0.2–2.5) 1 x (0.2–2.5) 1 x (0.2–2.5) 1 x (0.2–2.5)
2 x (0.2–1) 2 x (0.2–1) 2 x (0.2–1) 2 x (0.2–1) 3
Flexible with ferrule mm2 1 x (0.25–2.5) 1 x (0.25–2.5) 1 x (0.25–2.5) 1 x (0.25–2.5)
Solid or stranded AWG

2 x (0.25–1)
24–12
2 x (0.25–1)
24–12
2 x (0.25–1)
24–12
2 x (0.25–1)
24–12
3
Terminal screw
Pozidriv screwdriver Size 2 2 2 2
3
Flat-blade screwdriver mm 0.6 x 3.5 0.6 x 3.5 0.6 x 3.5 0.6 x 3.5
3
Max. tightening torque Nm 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
Main Contacts 3
Rated impulse withstand voltage—Uimp Vac 6000 4000 4000 6000
Overvoltage category/pollution degree 3
Outside III/2 III/2 III/2 III/2
Inside — — — — 3
Rated insulation voltage—Ui Vac 250 250 250 250
Rated operating voltage—Ue Vac 230 230 230 230 3
Rated operation current
AC-15 3
230 V (360 ops./h)—Ie A 5 4 5 4
230 V (3600 ops./h)—Ie A 3 3 3 3 3
DC-13
24 V (360 ops./h)—Ie A 6 4 6 4 3
24 V (3600 ops./h)—Ie A 3 2.5 3 2.5
Max. summation current of all poles 3
24 Vac/Vdc devices A 72 72 72 72
230 Vac devices A — — — — 3
72 A2 (6 + 6) 72 A2 (4.2 + 4.2 + 4.2 + 4.2) 72 A2 (4.9 + 4.9 + 4.9) 72 A2 (6 + 6)
3
Square of the total current
(and total current)
of all current paths
Short-circuit protection 3
Max. fuse A gG/gL 10 6 10 6
3
Safety Relays
Safety Relay, continued

3 Description Unit ESR5-NO-21_ ESR5-NO-41_ ESR5-NO-31-24VAC-DC ESR5-NZ-21_
3 Power Supply Circuit

Actuating voltage 50/60 Hz Vac 24 24 24 24
3 Actuating voltage—Us Vdc 24 24 24 24

Voltage tolerance pick-up voltage xe 0.85–1.1 0.85–1.1 0.85–1.1 0.85–1.1
3 Power consumption
AC operated 50/60 Hz VA — — — —
3 AC operated 50/60 Hz W 3.4 3.4 3.4 3

DC operated W 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5
3 Fuse for control circuit supply
24 V Short-circuit proof Short-circuit proof Short-circuit proof Short-circuit proof
3 115/230 V — — — —
Control Circuit
3 Rated output voltage Vdc 24 24 24 24
Rated operational current mA S12, S22: 30, S34: 45 S12: 65, S34: 40 S12, S22: 30, S34: 45 S11, S21: 60, Y2: 45
3 Resistance—R 50 22 50 22
Short-circuit current A 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3
3 Response time ms 100 65 100 50
3
Recovery time ms — — — —
Response time with reset monitoring—tA1 ms — — — —
3 Response time without reset monitoring—tA2

Reset time—tR/tR1
ms
ms
100
Single-channel 45;
65
45
100
Single-channel 45;
50
20
dual-channel 10 dual-channel 10
3 Minimum on duration—tM ms — — — —
3
Recovery time—tW ms Approx. 1000 Approx. 1000 Approx. 1000 Approx. 1000
Synchronous monitoring time—tS ms — — — 500
3 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)

Emitted interference EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4
3 Interference immunity According to EN 61000-6-2,

EN 62061
According to EN 61000-6-2 According to EN 61000-6-2,
EN 62061
According to EN 61000-6-2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Safety Relays
3.10
ESR5-NO-31-24V-
3
Description Unit ESR5-NO-31-230VAC 230VAC-DC ESR5-NV3_ ESR5-VE3_ ESR5-NE-51_
General 3
3
Standards EN ISO 13849-1, IEC 62061, EN ISO 13849-1, IEC 62061, EN ISO 13849-1, IEC 62061, EN ISO 13849-1, IEC 62061, EN ISO 13849-1, IEC 62061,
IEC 61508, DIN EN 50178, IEC 61508, DIN EN 50178, IEC 61508, DIN EN 50178, IEC 61508, DIN EN 50178, IEC 61508, DIN EN 50178,
UL/CUL listed UL/CUL listed UL/CUL listed UL/CUL listed UL/CUL listed
Type-dependent standards EN 60204
(if applicable)
EN 60204
(if applicable)
EN 60204
(if applicable)
— — 3
Lifespan, mechanical—c (contacts) x 106 10 10 10 10 10
3
Maximum operating frequency Ops/h 3600 3600 3600 900 3600
Climatic proofing Dry heat according to Dry heat according to Cold in accordance with: Dry heat according to Dry heat according to
EN60068-2-2, damp heat EN60068-2-2, damp heat EN 60068-2-1, dry heat in EN60068-2-2, damp heat EN60068-2-2, damp heat
3
3
according to EN 60068-2-3 according to EN 60068-2-3 accordance with EN according to EN 60068-2-3 according to EN 60068-2-3
60068-2-2, humidity
storage test in accordance
Ambient temperature °F (°C)

with 60068-2-78
–4 ° to 131 ° (–20 ° to 55 °) –4 ° to 131 ° (–20 ° to 55 °) –4 ° to 131 ° (–20 ° to 55 °) –4 ° to 131 ° (–20 ° to 55 °) –4 ° to 131 ° (–20 ° to 55 °)
3
Ambient temperature storage °F (°C) –13 ° to 167 °
(–25 ° to 75 °)
–13 ° to 167 °
(–25 ° to 75 °)
–13 ° to 167 °
(–25 ° to 75 °)
–13 ° to 167 °
(–25 ° to 75 °)
–13 ° to 167 °
(–25 ° to 75 °)
3
Mounting position
Vibration resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-6)
Any Any Any Any Any
2g, frequency: 10–150 Hz, 2g, frequency: 10–150 Hz, 2g, frequency: 10–150 Hz, 2g, frequency: 10–150 Hz, 2g, frequency: 10–150 Hz,
3
amplitude: 0.15 mm amplitude: 0.15 mm amplitude: 0.15 mm amplitude: 0.15 mm amplitude: 0.15 mm
Shock resistance (IEC 60068-2-27) — — — — — 3
Protection type
Housing IP40 IP40 IP20 IP20 IP20 3
3
Terminals IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Protection against direct contact when Finger- and back-of-hand Finger- and back-of-hand Finger- and back-of-hand Finger- and back-of-hand Finger- and back-of-hand
actuated from front (IEC 0106 Part 100) proof proof proof proof proof
Weight kg 0.3 0.3 0.17 0.17 0.22 3
3
Terminal capacity
Solid or flexible mm2 1 x (0.2–2.5) 1 x (0.2–2.5) 1 x (0.2–2.5) 1 x (0.2–2.5) 1 x (0.2–2.5)
2 x (0.2–1) 2 x (0.2–1) 2 x (0.2–1) 2 x (0.2–1) 2 x (0.2–1)
Flexible with ferrule mm2 1 x (0.25–2.5) 1 x (0.25–2.5) 1 x (0.25–2.5) 1 x (0.25–2.5) 1 x (0.25–2.5) 3
2 x (0.25–1) 2 x (0.25–1) 2 x (0.25–1) 2 x (0.25–1) 2 x (0.25–1)
Solid or stranded AWG 24–12 24–12 24–12 24–12 24–12 3
Terminal screw
Pozidriv screwdriver Size 2 2 2 2 2
3
Flat-blade screwdriver mm 0.6 x 3.5 0.6 x 3.5 0.6 x 3.5 0.6 x 3.5 0.6 x 3.5
Max. tightening torque Nm 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 3
Main Contacts
Rated impulse withstand voltage—Uimp Vac 6000 6000 4000 4000 4000 3
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
Outside III/2 III/2 III/2 III/2 III/2 3
Inside — — — — —
Rated insulation voltage—Ui Vac 250 250 250 250 250 3
Rated operating voltage—Ue Vac 230 230 230 230 230
Rated operation current 3
AC-15
230 V (360 ops./h)—Ie A 4 4 — 5 4 3
230 V (3600 ops./h)—Ie A 3 3 3 3 3
DC-13 3
3
24 V (360 ops./h)—Ie A 4 4 — 6 4
24 V (3600 ops./h)—Ie A 2.5 2.5 3 3 2.5
Max. summation current of all poles
24 Vac/Vdc devices A 50 50 49 50 50 3
230 Vac devices
Square of the total current
A 50
50 A2 (4 + 4 + 4)
50
50 A2 (4 + 4 + 4)
—
50 A2 (4 + 4 + 4)
—
49 A2
—
50 A2
3
(and total current) (3.5 + 3.5 + 3.5 + 3.5) (3.7 + 3.7 + 3.7 + 3.7
of all current paths + 3.7) 3
Short-circuit protection
Max. fuse A gG/gL 6 6 10 10 6 3
Safety Relays

3 ESR5-NO-31-24V-
Description Unit ESR5-NO-31-230VAC 230 VAC-DC ESR5-NV3_ ESR5-VE3_ ESR5-NE-51_
3 Power Supply Circuit
3
Actuating voltage 50/60 Hz Vac 230 24–230 — — 24
Actuating voltage—Us Vdc — 230 24 24 24
3 Voltage tolerance pick-up voltage

Power consumption
xe 0.85–1.1 0.85–1.1 0.85–1.1 0.85–1.1 0.8–1.1
3 AC operated 50/60 Hz
AC operated 50/60 Hz
VA
W
—
5.8
—
5.8
—
—
—
—
—
2.2
3 DC operated
Fuse for control circuit supply
W 2.9 2.9 1.8 2 2.2
3 24 V
115/230 V
—
Short-circuit proof
Short-circuit proof
Short-circuit proof
—
—
—
—
—
—
3 Control Circuit
Rated output voltage Vdc 24 24 24 24 24
3 Rated operational current mA S10, S12, S22: 35, S34,

S35: 45
S10, S12, S22: 35, S34,
S35: 45
S12, S22: 3.5, S34, S35: 7 A1, A2: 84, K1/K2: 5 A1, A2: 92
3 Resistance—R
Short-circuit current A
11
0.7
11
0.7
500
0.1
—
—
—
—
3 Response time ms 250 250 150 20 20

Recovery time ms — — — — —
3 Response time with reset
monitoring—tA1
ms 60 60 150 20 20
3 Response time without reset

monitoring—tA2
ms 250 250 150 20 20
3 Reset time—tR/tR1 ms 20 20 20 (non-delayed enable

paths); 100 (min. delayed
0.3–3 s (+50%)
adjustable
20
enable paths)
3 Minimum on duration—tM ms — — — — —
Recovery time—tW ms Approx. 1000 Approx. 1000 Approx. 330 Approx. 1000 —
3 Synchronous monitoring time—tS ms — — — — —
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
3 Emitted interference EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4
3
Interference immunity According to According to According to EN 61000-6-2, According to According to
EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 EN 62061 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2
3
3 Dimensions
3 Safety Relays, Contact Expansion Modules
3 ESR5_ 24 Vac/Vdc ESR5_ 230 Vac
3
0.88 1.77
(22.5) (45.0)
4.51 4.51
(114.5)
3
(114.5)
3 3.26 2.62 3.06 3.90

3.26 2.62 3.06 3.90
3 (82.8) (66.5) (77.6) (99.0) (82.8) (66.5) (77.6) (99.0)
3
3 0.26
3.74
(95.1) 0.26
3.74
(95.1)
(6.6) (6.6)
3
3
easySafety
3.11
Contents
easySafety
Description Page
3
easySafety 3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-200 3
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T3-204 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Product Description Application Description Features 3
The easySafety control relay
for safety-related applications
Because of the large number
of safety function blocks,
Safety function blocks: ● All-in-one: Safety and
control functions combined
3
monitors all commonly used the user can tackle a large
● Emergency stop in one device
safety devices and also takes number of application options ● Guard door monitoring ● Simple configuration 3
over the required control tasks with only one device. The with and without interlock/ through prefabricated and
for the machine. Packed with user can also respond directly guard locking tested safety components 3
a host of conventional safety to future and changing ● Two-hand control (EN 574) ● Direct state display and
relays in the form of safety
function blocks, easySafety
application requirements.
This saves financial resources
● Electro-sensitive protective increased machine 3
devices (light curtains) availability due to fast
not only features integrated
safety functions but also
and offers future investment
security. Last but not least,
● Light curtain muting error diagnosis through 3
● Enable switch integrated display
standard functions in a single it reduces the stock-keeping
device—all in one. required for special safety ● Start device ● Multistep password
concept prevents
3
relays. The easySafety meets ● Operating mode selector
In addition to the safety circuit
diagram containing the safety
the requirements of ● Safety timing relay
unwanted manipulation
3
Category 4 to EN 954‐1, PL e
configuration, the safety ● Overspeed monitoring
control relay also contains a
to EN ISO 13849‐1, SILCL 3
to EN IEC 62061 and SIL 3 to ● Feedback loop monitoring
Standards and 3
standard circuit diagram. This (EDM) Certifications
circuit diagram can be used
EN IEC 61508. With easySafety,
it is possible to implement ● Zero speed monitoring
● Product standards: 3
for standard tasks, such as applications meeting the CE marked; UL 508;
the processing of diagnostics
signals or general control
most stringent safety CSA C22.20.4-04;
CSA 22.2 No. 142-MI1987
3
requirements.
tasks of a machine. ● UL CCN: NRAQ 3
● CSA File No. 012528
● CSA Class No. 2252-81
and 2252-01
3
● TÜV Rhineland certified 3
● Degree of Protection IEC:
IP20 3
3
3
3
3
3
easySafety
Product Selection
3
easySafety Relays 1
3 easySafety
Outputs Outputs Outputs
Inputs (Safety) (Safety) (Safety) (Safety)
3
Display +
Digital 6 A Relay Transistor Test Signal Keypad Catalog Number
14 1 (redundant) 4 4 — ES4P-221-DMXX1
3 14 1 (redundant) 4 4 Yes ES4P-221-DMXD1
3 14 4 — 4 — ES4P-221-DRXX1
14 4 — 4 Yes ES4P-221-DRXD1
3
3
3
Accessories
3
easySoft Programming Software Memory Card Memory Card
3 Description Catalog Number Description Catalog Number
3
easySoft-Safety ESP-SOFT 256 kB module ES4A-MEM-CARD1
(including easySoftPro) 2
3
3 Programming Cables
Input/Output Simulator Input/Output Simulator
3 SUB-D Cable SUB-D, nine-pole, serial, 2m EASY800-PC-CAB With plug-in power supply unit
100–240 Vac/24 Vdc
ES4A-221-DMX-SIM
3
3
3
3 USB Cable USB, 2m EASY800-USB-CAB
Notes
1 EN 954-1: 1996, Category 4.
3 EN ISO 13849-1: 2006, PL e (Performance Level).

IEC 61508: 1998, SIL 3 (Safety Integrity Level).
3
IEC 62061: 2005, SILCL 3 (Safety Integrity Level Claim Limit).
Expandable: standard inputs/outputs and standard bus systems.
24 Vdc supply voltage.
3 2 Operating systems:
Windows® 2000 SP4, Windows XP SP1, Windows Vista (32 bit).
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
easySafety
3.11
3
easySafety Relay
Description Unit ES4P_ 3
3
General
Standards EN 55011, EN 55022, IEC/EN 61000-4, IEC 60068-2-6,
IEC 60068-2-27, EN 954-1: Category 4,
EN ISO 13849-1: PL e, EN IEC 62061: SILCL 3, EN IEC 61508: SIL 3 3
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 107.5 (6 space units) x 90 x 72
Mounting Top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715, 35 mm or screw fixing using fixing brackets ZB4-101-GF1 (accessories) 3
Times
Inputs 3
Maximum duration of external test pulse ms 1
Semi-conductor output 3
Off test pulse ms <1
Switch-off delay ms <0.15 3
Terminal Capacity
Solid mm2 0.2–4 (AWG 22–12) 3
mm2
3
Flexible with ferrule 0.2–2.5 (AWG 22–12)
Standard screwdriver mm 3.5 x 0.8
Maximum tightening torque
Ambient Climatic Conditions
Nm 0.6
3
Operating ambient temperature
Condensation
°C –25 to +55, low temperatures to IEC 60068-2-1, high temperatures to IEC 60068-2-2
Prevent condensation by means of suitable measures
3
LCD display (clearly legible) °C 0 to +55
3
Storage °C –40 to +70
Relative humidity, noncondensing (IEC/EN 60068-2-30) % 5 to 95 3
Air pressure (in operation) hPa 795 to 1080
Ambient Mechanical Conditions 3
Protection type, IEC/EN 60529 IP20
Vibrations (IEC/EN 60068-2-6) 3
Constant amplitude 0.15 mm Hz 10 to 57
Constant acceleration, 2g Hz 57 to 150 3
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27) Shocks 18
semi-sinusoidal 15g/11 ms 3
Drop to IEC/EN 60068-2-31 Drop mm 50
Mounting position Horizontal/vertical 3
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) According
to IEC/EN 61000-6-2
3
Electrostatic discharge (IEC/EN 61000-4-2, Level 3, ESD)
Air discharge
Contact discharge
kV
kV
8
6
3
Radio interference suppression (EN 55011) EN 55011 Class B, EN 55022 Class B 3
Power pulses (surge) (IEC/EN 61000-4-5, Level 2) kV 1 (supply cables, symmetrical)
Insulation Resistance 3
Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/2
Clearance in air and creepage distances EN 50178, UL 508, CSA C22.2, No. 142, EN 60664-1:2003 3
Insulation resistance EN 50178
Backup/Accuracy of the Real-Time Clock 3
Accuracy of the real-time clock s/day Normally ±5 (±0.5 h/year)
Repetition Accuracy of Timing Relays in 3
Standard Circuit
Accuracy of timing relay (of value) % ±0.02 3
Resolution
Range “S” ms 5 3
Range “M:S” s 1
Retentive Memory 3
Write cycles of the retentive memory (minimum) 10,000,000,000 (1010) (read/write cycles)
3
easySafety
easySafety Relay, continued

3 Description Unit ES4P_
3 Power Supply
Rated operational voltage Ue V 24 Vdc (–15/+20%)
3 Permissible range Vdc 20.4 to 28.8

Ripple % 5
3 Interfaces
EASYNet (CAN-based)
3 Bus termination (first and last station) Yes
Control operating mode EASYNet
3 Number of users Maximum 8
NET Network
3 Stations Number Maximum 8
Data transfer rate/distance 1000 Kbit/s, 6m
3 500 Kbit/s, 25m
250 Kbit/s, 60m
125 Kbit/s, 125m
3 50 Kbit/s, 300m
20 Kbit/s, 700m
3
10 Kbit/s, 1000m
Bus lengths greater than 40m can only be achieved with enhanced cross-section conductors and
terminal adapters
3 Potential isolation
From power supply Yes
3 From the inputs Yes
From the outputs Yes
3 From the PC interface, memory card, NET network, EASYLink Yes
Bus termination (first and last station) Yes
3 Terminal type RJ45
Digital Inputs 24 Vdc
3 Number 14
3
Inputs can be used as analog inputs —
Status display LCD display (if provided)
3 Potential isolation
From power supply No
3
Between digital inputs No
From the outputs Yes
3 From PC interface, memory card, EASYLink

From network EASYNet
No
Yes
3 Rated operational voltage Ue Vdc 24

At signal “0” Ue Vdc <5
3 At signal “1” Ue Vdc >15

Clock Outputs
3 Number 4
Voltage Vdc 24
3 Electrical isolation No
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
easySafety
3.11
easySafety Relay, continued
Description Unit ES4P_
3
Relay Outputs
Number 4 for ES4P-…-DR_, 1 redundant for ES4P-…-DM_
3
Outputs in groups of 1
3
Parallel switching of outputs to increase power Not permissible
Protection of an output relay Fuse: 6 A gG, circuit breaker with characteristic C: 24 Vdc 4 A, Short-circuit current <250 A 3
Potential isolation
From power supply Yes 3
From the inputs Yes
From PC interface, memory card, EASYNet, EASYLink Yes 3
Safe isolation according to EN 50178 Vac 300
Basic insulation Vac 600 3
Lifespan, mechanical Operations x 106 10
Contacts 3
Conventional thermal current A 6
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp contact coil kV 6 3
Rated operational voltage Ue Vac 250
Rated insulation voltage Ui Vac 250 3
Safe isolation to EN 50178 between coil and contact Vac 300
Making capacity 3
AC-15, 230 Vac, 3 A Operations 80,000
DC-13, 24 Vdc, 5 A, 0.1 Hz Operations 40,000 3
3
Switching frequency
Mechanical operations x 106 10
3
Switching frequency Hz 10
UL/CSA
UL 508 B300/R300
Transistor Outputs 3
3
Number 4
Rated operational voltage Ue Vdc 24
Permissible range
Ripple
Ue Vdc
%
20.4–28.8
5
3
Protection against polarity reversal Yes (Caution: A short-circuit will result if 0 V or GND is applied to the outputs in the event that the
supply voltage is connected to the wrong poles.)
3
Potential isolation
From power supply Yes 3
3
From the inputs Yes
From PC interface, memory card, network, EASYNet, EASYLink Yes
Rated operational current at signal “1” DC
At signal “1” with Ie = 0.5 A
Ie A
V
Maximum 0.5
U = Ue –1 V
3
Short-circuit protection
Short-circuit tripping current for RA 10 m ohms A
Yes, thermal
0.7 Ie 2 per output
3
Total short-circuit current
Peak short-circuit current
A
A
8
16
3
Thermal cutout Yes
3
Maximum operating frequency at constant resistive load RL <100 kO Ops/h 40,000
(dependant on program and load)
Parallel connection of outputs No
3
Status indication of the outputs LCD display (if provided)
3
Inductive load
Without external suppressor circuit
Duty factor T0.95 ≈ 3 x T0.65 = 3 x L/R T0.95 = Time in ms, until 95% of the
3
steady-state current has been reached
With external suppressor circuit 3
3
Utilization factor g 1
Duty factor % DF 100
Maximum switching frequency, maximum duty factor Operations Depending on the suppressor circuit
3
easySafety
Dimensions
3 ESR5_
3
3
3
3 1.77
(45.0)
3.54
(90.0)
3.54
(90.0)
3
3
3
3 1.87 (47.5)
2.68 (68.0) 4.23 (107.5)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Vol07 Tab03

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Vol07 Tab03

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Control Relays and Timers

3.1 Relay Products

3.3 Programmable Relays

3 D5RF Full featured plug-in DIN rail / panel mount Fixed 16 A ■

3 D26 Machine tool Panel or channel mount Convertible 10 A — ■ ■ — V7-T3-159

3 TR Timing relay (programmable) DIN rail / panel mount Fixed 10 A — ■ ■ — V7-T3-177

Technical Data and Specifications

3 Typical response time 5 ms 5 ms 6 ms 6 ms

3 Max. switching voltage

3 Limiting continuous current 6A 6A 6A 6A

3 Rated operating mode

Potential bridging is then possible with the XRAFBST bridge system.

Standard 1PDT Spring Cage Terminal Block Relays

Potential bridging is then possible with the XRAFBST bridge system.

Potential bridging is then possible with the XRAFBST bridge system.

Permissible Range Diagrams

Derating Curve Dimensions

3 Pluggable Power OptoCoupler (Solid-State)

3 High Current Replacement Relays

3 Input voltage 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/110 Vdc

3 Typical input current 33 mA 18 mA 17.5 mA 4.5 mA (120 Vac)/4.2 mA (110 Vdc)

3 Max. inrush current

3 Min. switching power 1.2 W 1.2 W 1.2 W 1.2 W

two #12 contact connections.

3 80-Position Snap-In Jumper

than or equal to 6 A, supply to conventionally wired

3 different potentials meet in

1 easy500 basic devices, standalone

easy800 Programmable Relay

3 6 CANopen bus module 12

3 13 MFD-Titan multi-function display

Technical Data and Specifications

3 Continuous current outputs 1

3 Ambient operating temperature

3 Hazardous location CSA Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D; Temp. Code T3C

3 Short-circuit proof with power factor 1

3 Mounting On 35 mm DIN rail or screw mounting with ZB4-101-GF1 mounting feet

3 Transport and storage temperature

3 Hazardous location CSA Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D; Temp. Code T3C

3 easyRelay Power Supplies, Accessories

3 directly with the flat eight-

3 drives will be available with direct

Technical Data and Specifications

3 Air pressure (in operation)

3 Protection type EN 50178, IEC 60529, VBG4 IP20

3 Drop (IEC EN 60068-2-31) Drop height mm 50

3 Radiated RFI, to IEC EN 61000-4-6 V 10

3 DC POW Rated Operational Voltage

3 Permissible range 1 Vdc 20.4–28.8

3 easy600 Series, Drawing Number MD05013002E

2.22 (56.5) 4.23 (107.5)

3 1 MFD-Titan, consisting of:

3 5 CANopen bus module

MFD-Titan I/O Modules

3 100–240 Vac 16 I/O 12 — 4 — — MFD-AC-R16

3 6 2 2 — 4 — –200 ° to +200 °C/0 ° to +850 °C MFD-TP12-PT-B

3 MFD-Titan display protective membrane cover MFD-XM-80

3 MFD-Titan display DIN rail mount kit MFD-TS-144

3 MFD-80 Series, Drawing Number MD05013005E

3 AS-Interface interface module with

3 CANopen interface module Addresses available 1 to 127 EASY221-CO

3 easy800/MFD Bluetooth adapter

3 easy500/700 to PC programming cable—USB EASY-USB-CAB